blob: 100baa2f13aad924ac26336694fa0ef15238329c [file] [log] [blame]
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001/* vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4:
2 *
3 * VIM - Vi IMproved by Bram Moolenaar
4 *
5 * Do ":help uganda" in Vim to read copying and usage conditions.
6 * Do ":help credits" in Vim to see a list of people who contributed.
7 * See README.txt for an overview of the Vim source code.
8 */
9
10/*
11 * misc1.c: functions that didn't seem to fit elsewhere
12 */
13
14#include "vim.h"
15#include "version.h"
16
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000017static char_u *vim_version_dir __ARGS((char_u *vimdir));
18static char_u *remove_tail __ARGS((char_u *p, char_u *pend, char_u *name));
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000019static int copy_indent __ARGS((int size, char_u *src));
20
21/*
22 * Count the size (in window cells) of the indent in the current line.
23 */
24 int
25get_indent()
26{
27 return get_indent_str(ml_get_curline(), (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
28}
29
30/*
31 * Count the size (in window cells) of the indent in line "lnum".
32 */
33 int
34get_indent_lnum(lnum)
35 linenr_T lnum;
36{
37 return get_indent_str(ml_get(lnum), (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
38}
39
40#if defined(FEAT_FOLDING) || defined(PROTO)
41/*
42 * Count the size (in window cells) of the indent in line "lnum" of buffer
43 * "buf".
44 */
45 int
46get_indent_buf(buf, lnum)
47 buf_T *buf;
48 linenr_T lnum;
49{
50 return get_indent_str(ml_get_buf(buf, lnum, FALSE), (int)buf->b_p_ts);
51}
52#endif
53
54/*
55 * count the size (in window cells) of the indent in line "ptr", with
56 * 'tabstop' at "ts"
57 */
Bram Moolenaar4399ef42005-02-12 14:29:27 +000058 int
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000059get_indent_str(ptr, ts)
60 char_u *ptr;
61 int ts;
62{
63 int count = 0;
64
65 for ( ; *ptr; ++ptr)
66 {
67 if (*ptr == TAB) /* count a tab for what it is worth */
68 count += ts - (count % ts);
69 else if (*ptr == ' ')
70 ++count; /* count a space for one */
71 else
72 break;
73 }
Bram Moolenaar4399ef42005-02-12 14:29:27 +000074 return count;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000075}
76
77/*
78 * Set the indent of the current line.
79 * Leaves the cursor on the first non-blank in the line.
80 * Caller must take care of undo.
81 * "flags":
82 * SIN_CHANGED: call changed_bytes() if the line was changed.
83 * SIN_INSERT: insert the indent in front of the line.
84 * SIN_UNDO: save line for undo before changing it.
85 * Returns TRUE if the line was changed.
86 */
87 int
88set_indent(size, flags)
Bram Moolenaar5002c292007-07-24 13:26:15 +000089 int size; /* measured in spaces */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000090 int flags;
91{
92 char_u *p;
93 char_u *newline;
94 char_u *oldline;
95 char_u *s;
96 int todo;
Bram Moolenaar5002c292007-07-24 13:26:15 +000097 int ind_len; /* measured in characters */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000098 int line_len;
99 int doit = FALSE;
Bram Moolenaar5002c292007-07-24 13:26:15 +0000100 int ind_done = 0; /* measured in spaces */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000101 int tab_pad;
Bram Moolenaar5409c052005-03-18 20:27:04 +0000102 int retval = FALSE;
Bram Moolenaar4d64b782007-08-14 20:16:42 +0000103 int orig_char_len = -1; /* number of initial whitespace chars when
Bram Moolenaar5002c292007-07-24 13:26:15 +0000104 'et' and 'pi' are both set */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000105
106 /*
107 * First check if there is anything to do and compute the number of
108 * characters needed for the indent.
109 */
110 todo = size;
111 ind_len = 0;
112 p = oldline = ml_get_curline();
113
114 /* Calculate the buffer size for the new indent, and check to see if it
115 * isn't already set */
116
Bram Moolenaar5002c292007-07-24 13:26:15 +0000117 /* if 'expandtab' isn't set: use TABs; if both 'expandtab' and
118 * 'preserveindent' are set count the number of characters at the
119 * beginning of the line to be copied */
120 if (!curbuf->b_p_et || (!(flags & SIN_INSERT) && curbuf->b_p_pi))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000121 {
122 /* If 'preserveindent' is set then reuse as much as possible of
123 * the existing indent structure for the new indent */
124 if (!(flags & SIN_INSERT) && curbuf->b_p_pi)
125 {
126 ind_done = 0;
127
128 /* count as many characters as we can use */
129 while (todo > 0 && vim_iswhite(*p))
130 {
131 if (*p == TAB)
132 {
133 tab_pad = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts
134 - (ind_done % (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
135 /* stop if this tab will overshoot the target */
136 if (todo < tab_pad)
137 break;
138 todo -= tab_pad;
139 ++ind_len;
140 ind_done += tab_pad;
141 }
142 else
143 {
144 --todo;
145 ++ind_len;
146 ++ind_done;
147 }
148 ++p;
149 }
150
Bram Moolenaar5002c292007-07-24 13:26:15 +0000151 /* Set initial number of whitespace chars to copy if we are
152 * preserving indent but expandtab is set */
153 if (curbuf->b_p_et)
154 orig_char_len = ind_len;
155
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000156 /* Fill to next tabstop with a tab, if possible */
157 tab_pad = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts - (ind_done % (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
Bram Moolenaar4d64b782007-08-14 20:16:42 +0000158 if (todo >= tab_pad && orig_char_len == -1)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000159 {
160 doit = TRUE;
161 todo -= tab_pad;
162 ++ind_len;
163 /* ind_done += tab_pad; */
164 }
165 }
166
167 /* count tabs required for indent */
168 while (todo >= (int)curbuf->b_p_ts)
169 {
170 if (*p != TAB)
171 doit = TRUE;
172 else
173 ++p;
174 todo -= (int)curbuf->b_p_ts;
175 ++ind_len;
176 /* ind_done += (int)curbuf->b_p_ts; */
177 }
178 }
179 /* count spaces required for indent */
180 while (todo > 0)
181 {
182 if (*p != ' ')
183 doit = TRUE;
184 else
185 ++p;
186 --todo;
187 ++ind_len;
188 /* ++ind_done; */
189 }
190
191 /* Return if the indent is OK already. */
192 if (!doit && !vim_iswhite(*p) && !(flags & SIN_INSERT))
193 return FALSE;
194
195 /* Allocate memory for the new line. */
196 if (flags & SIN_INSERT)
197 p = oldline;
198 else
199 p = skipwhite(p);
200 line_len = (int)STRLEN(p) + 1;
Bram Moolenaar5002c292007-07-24 13:26:15 +0000201
202 /* If 'preserveindent' and 'expandtab' are both set keep the original
203 * characters and allocate accordingly. We will fill the rest with spaces
204 * after the if (!curbuf->b_p_et) below. */
Bram Moolenaar4d64b782007-08-14 20:16:42 +0000205 if (orig_char_len != -1)
Bram Moolenaar5002c292007-07-24 13:26:15 +0000206 {
207 newline = alloc(orig_char_len + size - ind_done + line_len);
208 if (newline == NULL)
209 return FALSE;
Bram Moolenaar4d64b782007-08-14 20:16:42 +0000210 todo = size - ind_done;
211 ind_len = orig_char_len + todo; /* Set total length of indent in
212 * characters, which may have been
213 * undercounted until now */
Bram Moolenaar5002c292007-07-24 13:26:15 +0000214 p = oldline;
215 s = newline;
216 while (orig_char_len > 0)
217 {
218 *s++ = *p++;
219 orig_char_len--;
220 }
Bram Moolenaar913626c2008-01-03 11:43:42 +0000221
Bram Moolenaar5002c292007-07-24 13:26:15 +0000222 /* Skip over any additional white space (useful when newindent is less
223 * than old) */
224 while (vim_iswhite(*p))
Bram Moolenaar913626c2008-01-03 11:43:42 +0000225 ++p;
Bram Moolenaarcc00b952007-08-11 12:32:57 +0000226
Bram Moolenaar5002c292007-07-24 13:26:15 +0000227 }
228 else
229 {
230 todo = size;
231 newline = alloc(ind_len + line_len);
232 if (newline == NULL)
233 return FALSE;
234 s = newline;
235 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000236
237 /* Put the characters in the new line. */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000238 /* if 'expandtab' isn't set: use TABs */
239 if (!curbuf->b_p_et)
240 {
241 /* If 'preserveindent' is set then reuse as much as possible of
242 * the existing indent structure for the new indent */
243 if (!(flags & SIN_INSERT) && curbuf->b_p_pi)
244 {
245 p = oldline;
246 ind_done = 0;
247
248 while (todo > 0 && vim_iswhite(*p))
249 {
250 if (*p == TAB)
251 {
252 tab_pad = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts
253 - (ind_done % (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
254 /* stop if this tab will overshoot the target */
255 if (todo < tab_pad)
256 break;
257 todo -= tab_pad;
258 ind_done += tab_pad;
259 }
260 else
261 {
262 --todo;
263 ++ind_done;
264 }
265 *s++ = *p++;
266 }
267
268 /* Fill to next tabstop with a tab, if possible */
269 tab_pad = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts - (ind_done % (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
270 if (todo >= tab_pad)
271 {
272 *s++ = TAB;
273 todo -= tab_pad;
274 }
275
276 p = skipwhite(p);
277 }
278
279 while (todo >= (int)curbuf->b_p_ts)
280 {
281 *s++ = TAB;
282 todo -= (int)curbuf->b_p_ts;
283 }
284 }
285 while (todo > 0)
286 {
287 *s++ = ' ';
288 --todo;
289 }
290 mch_memmove(s, p, (size_t)line_len);
291
292 /* Replace the line (unless undo fails). */
293 if (!(flags & SIN_UNDO) || u_savesub(curwin->w_cursor.lnum) == OK)
294 {
295 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, newline, FALSE);
296 if (flags & SIN_CHANGED)
297 changed_bytes(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 0);
298 /* Correct saved cursor position if it's after the indent. */
299 if (saved_cursor.lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum
300 && saved_cursor.col >= (colnr_T)(p - oldline))
Bram Moolenaara93fa7e2006-04-17 22:14:47 +0000301 saved_cursor.col += ind_len - (colnr_T)(p - oldline);
Bram Moolenaar5409c052005-03-18 20:27:04 +0000302 retval = TRUE;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000303 }
304 else
305 vim_free(newline);
306
307 curwin->w_cursor.col = ind_len;
Bram Moolenaar5409c052005-03-18 20:27:04 +0000308 return retval;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000309}
310
311/*
312 * Copy the indent from ptr to the current line (and fill to size)
313 * Leaves the cursor on the first non-blank in the line.
314 * Returns TRUE if the line was changed.
315 */
316 static int
317copy_indent(size, src)
318 int size;
319 char_u *src;
320{
321 char_u *p = NULL;
322 char_u *line = NULL;
323 char_u *s;
324 int todo;
325 int ind_len;
326 int line_len = 0;
327 int tab_pad;
328 int ind_done;
329 int round;
330
331 /* Round 1: compute the number of characters needed for the indent
332 * Round 2: copy the characters. */
333 for (round = 1; round <= 2; ++round)
334 {
335 todo = size;
336 ind_len = 0;
337 ind_done = 0;
338 s = src;
339
340 /* Count/copy the usable portion of the source line */
341 while (todo > 0 && vim_iswhite(*s))
342 {
343 if (*s == TAB)
344 {
345 tab_pad = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts
346 - (ind_done % (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
347 /* Stop if this tab will overshoot the target */
348 if (todo < tab_pad)
349 break;
350 todo -= tab_pad;
351 ind_done += tab_pad;
352 }
353 else
354 {
355 --todo;
356 ++ind_done;
357 }
358 ++ind_len;
Bram Moolenaareb3593b2006-04-22 22:33:57 +0000359 if (p != NULL)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000360 *p++ = *s;
361 ++s;
362 }
363
364 /* Fill to next tabstop with a tab, if possible */
365 tab_pad = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts - (ind_done % (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
366 if (todo >= tab_pad)
367 {
368 todo -= tab_pad;
369 ++ind_len;
Bram Moolenaareb3593b2006-04-22 22:33:57 +0000370 if (p != NULL)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000371 *p++ = TAB;
372 }
373
374 /* Add tabs required for indent */
375 while (todo >= (int)curbuf->b_p_ts)
376 {
377 todo -= (int)curbuf->b_p_ts;
378 ++ind_len;
Bram Moolenaareb3593b2006-04-22 22:33:57 +0000379 if (p != NULL)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000380 *p++ = TAB;
381 }
382
383 /* Count/add spaces required for indent */
384 while (todo > 0)
385 {
386 --todo;
387 ++ind_len;
Bram Moolenaareb3593b2006-04-22 22:33:57 +0000388 if (p != NULL)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000389 *p++ = ' ';
390 }
391
Bram Moolenaareb3593b2006-04-22 22:33:57 +0000392 if (p == NULL)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000393 {
394 /* Allocate memory for the result: the copied indent, new indent
395 * and the rest of the line. */
396 line_len = (int)STRLEN(ml_get_curline()) + 1;
397 line = alloc(ind_len + line_len);
398 if (line == NULL)
399 return FALSE;
400 p = line;
401 }
402 }
403
404 /* Append the original line */
405 mch_memmove(p, ml_get_curline(), (size_t)line_len);
406
407 /* Replace the line */
408 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, line, FALSE);
409
410 /* Put the cursor after the indent. */
411 curwin->w_cursor.col = ind_len;
412 return TRUE;
413}
414
415/*
416 * Return the indent of the current line after a number. Return -1 if no
417 * number was found. Used for 'n' in 'formatoptions': numbered list.
Bram Moolenaar86b68352004-12-27 21:59:20 +0000418 * Since a pattern is used it can actually handle more than numbers.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000419 */
420 int
421get_number_indent(lnum)
422 linenr_T lnum;
423{
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000424 colnr_T col;
425 pos_T pos;
Bram Moolenaar86b68352004-12-27 21:59:20 +0000426 regmmatch_T regmatch;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000427
428 if (lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
429 return -1;
Bram Moolenaar86b68352004-12-27 21:59:20 +0000430 pos.lnum = 0;
431 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(curbuf->b_p_flp, RE_MAGIC);
432 if (regmatch.regprog != NULL)
433 {
434 regmatch.rmm_ic = FALSE;
Bram Moolenaar3b56eb32005-07-11 22:40:32 +0000435 regmatch.rmm_maxcol = 0;
Bram Moolenaar91a4e822008-01-19 14:59:58 +0000436 if (vim_regexec_multi(&regmatch, curwin, curbuf, lnum,
437 (colnr_T)0, NULL))
Bram Moolenaar86b68352004-12-27 21:59:20 +0000438 {
439 pos.lnum = regmatch.endpos[0].lnum + lnum;
440 pos.col = regmatch.endpos[0].col;
441#ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
442 pos.coladd = 0;
443#endif
444 }
445 vim_free(regmatch.regprog);
446 }
447
448 if (pos.lnum == 0 || *ml_get_pos(&pos) == NUL)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000449 return -1;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000450 getvcol(curwin, &pos, &col, NULL, NULL);
451 return (int)col;
452}
453
454#if defined(FEAT_CINDENT) || defined(FEAT_SMARTINDENT)
455
456static int cin_is_cinword __ARGS((char_u *line));
457
458/*
459 * Return TRUE if the string "line" starts with a word from 'cinwords'.
460 */
461 static int
462cin_is_cinword(line)
463 char_u *line;
464{
465 char_u *cinw;
466 char_u *cinw_buf;
467 int cinw_len;
468 int retval = FALSE;
469 int len;
470
471 cinw_len = (int)STRLEN(curbuf->b_p_cinw) + 1;
472 cinw_buf = alloc((unsigned)cinw_len);
473 if (cinw_buf != NULL)
474 {
475 line = skipwhite(line);
476 for (cinw = curbuf->b_p_cinw; *cinw; )
477 {
478 len = copy_option_part(&cinw, cinw_buf, cinw_len, ",");
479 if (STRNCMP(line, cinw_buf, len) == 0
480 && (!vim_iswordc(line[len]) || !vim_iswordc(line[len - 1])))
481 {
482 retval = TRUE;
483 break;
484 }
485 }
486 vim_free(cinw_buf);
487 }
488 return retval;
489}
490#endif
491
492/*
493 * open_line: Add a new line below or above the current line.
494 *
495 * For VREPLACE mode, we only add a new line when we get to the end of the
496 * file, otherwise we just start replacing the next line.
497 *
498 * Caller must take care of undo. Since VREPLACE may affect any number of
499 * lines however, it may call u_save_cursor() again when starting to change a
500 * new line.
501 * "flags": OPENLINE_DELSPACES delete spaces after cursor
502 * OPENLINE_DO_COM format comments
503 * OPENLINE_KEEPTRAIL keep trailing spaces
504 * OPENLINE_MARKFIX adjust mark positions after the line break
505 *
506 * Return TRUE for success, FALSE for failure
507 */
508 int
509open_line(dir, flags, old_indent)
510 int dir; /* FORWARD or BACKWARD */
511 int flags;
512 int old_indent; /* indent for after ^^D in Insert mode */
513{
514 char_u *saved_line; /* copy of the original line */
515 char_u *next_line = NULL; /* copy of the next line */
516 char_u *p_extra = NULL; /* what goes to next line */
517 int less_cols = 0; /* less columns for mark in new line */
518 int less_cols_off = 0; /* columns to skip for mark adjust */
519 pos_T old_cursor; /* old cursor position */
520 int newcol = 0; /* new cursor column */
521 int newindent = 0; /* auto-indent of the new line */
522 int n;
523 int trunc_line = FALSE; /* truncate current line afterwards */
524 int retval = FALSE; /* return value, default is FAIL */
525#ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
526 int extra_len = 0; /* length of p_extra string */
527 int lead_len; /* length of comment leader */
528 char_u *lead_flags; /* position in 'comments' for comment leader */
529 char_u *leader = NULL; /* copy of comment leader */
530#endif
531 char_u *allocated = NULL; /* allocated memory */
532#if defined(FEAT_SMARTINDENT) || defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) || defined(FEAT_LISP) \
533 || defined(FEAT_CINDENT) || defined(FEAT_COMMENTS)
534 char_u *p;
535#endif
536 int saved_char = NUL; /* init for GCC */
537#if defined(FEAT_SMARTINDENT) || defined(FEAT_COMMENTS)
538 pos_T *pos;
539#endif
540#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
541 int do_si = (!p_paste && curbuf->b_p_si
542# ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
543 && !curbuf->b_p_cin
544# endif
545 );
546 int no_si = FALSE; /* reset did_si afterwards */
547 int first_char = NUL; /* init for GCC */
548#endif
549#if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) && (defined(FEAT_LISP) || defined(FEAT_CINDENT))
550 int vreplace_mode;
551#endif
552 int did_append; /* appended a new line */
553 int saved_pi = curbuf->b_p_pi; /* copy of preserveindent setting */
554
555 /*
556 * make a copy of the current line so we can mess with it
557 */
558 saved_line = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline());
559 if (saved_line == NULL) /* out of memory! */
560 return FALSE;
561
562#ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
563 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
564 {
565 /*
566 * With VREPLACE we make a copy of the next line, which we will be
567 * starting to replace. First make the new line empty and let vim play
568 * with the indenting and comment leader to its heart's content. Then
569 * we grab what it ended up putting on the new line, put back the
570 * original line, and call ins_char() to put each new character onto
571 * the line, replacing what was there before and pushing the right
572 * stuff onto the replace stack. -- webb.
573 */
574 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum < orig_line_count)
575 next_line = vim_strsave(ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 1));
576 else
577 next_line = vim_strsave((char_u *)"");
578 if (next_line == NULL) /* out of memory! */
579 goto theend;
580
581 /*
582 * In VREPLACE mode, a NL replaces the rest of the line, and starts
583 * replacing the next line, so push all of the characters left on the
584 * line onto the replace stack. We'll push any other characters that
585 * might be replaced at the start of the next line (due to autoindent
586 * etc) a bit later.
587 */
588 replace_push(NUL); /* Call twice because BS over NL expects it */
589 replace_push(NUL);
590 p = saved_line + curwin->w_cursor.col;
591 while (*p != NUL)
Bram Moolenaar2c994e82008-01-02 16:49:36 +0000592 {
593#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
594 if (has_mbyte)
595 p += replace_push_mb(p);
596 else
597#endif
598 replace_push(*p++);
599 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000600 saved_line[curwin->w_cursor.col] = NUL;
601 }
602#endif
603
604 if ((State & INSERT)
605#ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
606 && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
607#endif
608 )
609 {
610 p_extra = saved_line + curwin->w_cursor.col;
611#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
612 if (do_si) /* need first char after new line break */
613 {
614 p = skipwhite(p_extra);
615 first_char = *p;
616 }
617#endif
618#ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
619 extra_len = (int)STRLEN(p_extra);
620#endif
621 saved_char = *p_extra;
622 *p_extra = NUL;
623 }
624
625 u_clearline(); /* cannot do "U" command when adding lines */
626#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
627 did_si = FALSE;
628#endif
629 ai_col = 0;
630
631 /*
632 * If we just did an auto-indent, then we didn't type anything on
633 * the prior line, and it should be truncated. Do this even if 'ai' is not
634 * set because automatically inserting a comment leader also sets did_ai.
635 */
636 if (dir == FORWARD && did_ai)
637 trunc_line = TRUE;
638
639 /*
640 * If 'autoindent' and/or 'smartindent' is set, try to figure out what
641 * indent to use for the new line.
642 */
643 if (curbuf->b_p_ai
644#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
645 || do_si
646#endif
647 )
648 {
649 /*
650 * count white space on current line
651 */
652 newindent = get_indent_str(saved_line, (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
653 if (newindent == 0)
654 newindent = old_indent; /* for ^^D command in insert mode */
655
656#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
657 /*
658 * Do smart indenting.
659 * In insert/replace mode (only when dir == FORWARD)
660 * we may move some text to the next line. If it starts with '{'
661 * don't add an indent. Fixes inserting a NL before '{' in line
662 * "if (condition) {"
663 */
664 if (!trunc_line && do_si && *saved_line != NUL
665 && (p_extra == NULL || first_char != '{'))
666 {
667 char_u *ptr;
668 char_u last_char;
669
670 old_cursor = curwin->w_cursor;
671 ptr = saved_line;
672# ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
673 if (flags & OPENLINE_DO_COM)
674 lead_len = get_leader_len(ptr, NULL, FALSE);
675 else
676 lead_len = 0;
677# endif
678 if (dir == FORWARD)
679 {
680 /*
681 * Skip preprocessor directives, unless they are
682 * recognised as comments.
683 */
684 if (
685# ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
686 lead_len == 0 &&
687# endif
688 ptr[0] == '#')
689 {
690 while (ptr[0] == '#' && curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
691 ptr = ml_get(--curwin->w_cursor.lnum);
692 newindent = get_indent();
693 }
694# ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
695 if (flags & OPENLINE_DO_COM)
696 lead_len = get_leader_len(ptr, NULL, FALSE);
697 else
698 lead_len = 0;
699 if (lead_len > 0)
700 {
701 /*
702 * This case gets the following right:
703 * \*
704 * * A comment (read '\' as '/').
705 * *\
706 * #define IN_THE_WAY
707 * This should line up here;
708 */
709 p = skipwhite(ptr);
710 if (p[0] == '/' && p[1] == '*')
711 p++;
712 if (p[0] == '*')
713 {
714 for (p++; *p; p++)
715 {
716 if (p[0] == '/' && p[-1] == '*')
717 {
718 /*
719 * End of C comment, indent should line up
720 * with the line containing the start of
721 * the comment
722 */
723 curwin->w_cursor.col = (colnr_T)(p - ptr);
724 if ((pos = findmatch(NULL, NUL)) != NULL)
725 {
726 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum;
727 newindent = get_indent();
728 }
729 }
730 }
731 }
732 }
733 else /* Not a comment line */
734# endif
735 {
736 /* Find last non-blank in line */
737 p = ptr + STRLEN(ptr) - 1;
738 while (p > ptr && vim_iswhite(*p))
739 --p;
740 last_char = *p;
741
742 /*
743 * find the character just before the '{' or ';'
744 */
745 if (last_char == '{' || last_char == ';')
746 {
747 if (p > ptr)
748 --p;
749 while (p > ptr && vim_iswhite(*p))
750 --p;
751 }
752 /*
753 * Try to catch lines that are split over multiple
754 * lines. eg:
755 * if (condition &&
756 * condition) {
757 * Should line up here!
758 * }
759 */
760 if (*p == ')')
761 {
762 curwin->w_cursor.col = (colnr_T)(p - ptr);
763 if ((pos = findmatch(NULL, '(')) != NULL)
764 {
765 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum;
766 newindent = get_indent();
767 ptr = ml_get_curline();
768 }
769 }
770 /*
771 * If last character is '{' do indent, without
772 * checking for "if" and the like.
773 */
774 if (last_char == '{')
775 {
776 did_si = TRUE; /* do indent */
777 no_si = TRUE; /* don't delete it when '{' typed */
778 }
779 /*
780 * Look for "if" and the like, use 'cinwords'.
781 * Don't do this if the previous line ended in ';' or
782 * '}'.
783 */
784 else if (last_char != ';' && last_char != '}'
785 && cin_is_cinword(ptr))
786 did_si = TRUE;
787 }
788 }
789 else /* dir == BACKWARD */
790 {
791 /*
792 * Skip preprocessor directives, unless they are
793 * recognised as comments.
794 */
795 if (
796# ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
797 lead_len == 0 &&
798# endif
799 ptr[0] == '#')
800 {
801 int was_backslashed = FALSE;
802
803 while ((ptr[0] == '#' || was_backslashed) &&
804 curwin->w_cursor.lnum < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
805 {
806 if (*ptr && ptr[STRLEN(ptr) - 1] == '\\')
807 was_backslashed = TRUE;
808 else
809 was_backslashed = FALSE;
810 ptr = ml_get(++curwin->w_cursor.lnum);
811 }
812 if (was_backslashed)
813 newindent = 0; /* Got to end of file */
814 else
815 newindent = get_indent();
816 }
817 p = skipwhite(ptr);
818 if (*p == '}') /* if line starts with '}': do indent */
819 did_si = TRUE;
820 else /* can delete indent when '{' typed */
821 can_si_back = TRUE;
822 }
823 curwin->w_cursor = old_cursor;
824 }
825 if (do_si)
826 can_si = TRUE;
827#endif /* FEAT_SMARTINDENT */
828
829 did_ai = TRUE;
830 }
831
832#ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
833 /*
834 * Find out if the current line starts with a comment leader.
835 * This may then be inserted in front of the new line.
836 */
837 end_comment_pending = NUL;
838 if (flags & OPENLINE_DO_COM)
839 lead_len = get_leader_len(saved_line, &lead_flags, dir == BACKWARD);
840 else
841 lead_len = 0;
842 if (lead_len > 0)
843 {
844 char_u *lead_repl = NULL; /* replaces comment leader */
845 int lead_repl_len = 0; /* length of *lead_repl */
846 char_u lead_middle[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* middle-comment string */
847 char_u lead_end[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* end-comment string */
848 char_u *comment_end = NULL; /* where lead_end has been found */
849 int extra_space = FALSE; /* append extra space */
850 int current_flag;
851 int require_blank = FALSE; /* requires blank after middle */
852 char_u *p2;
853
854 /*
855 * If the comment leader has the start, middle or end flag, it may not
856 * be used or may be replaced with the middle leader.
857 */
858 for (p = lead_flags; *p && *p != ':'; ++p)
859 {
860 if (*p == COM_BLANK)
861 {
862 require_blank = TRUE;
863 continue;
864 }
865 if (*p == COM_START || *p == COM_MIDDLE)
866 {
867 current_flag = *p;
868 if (*p == COM_START)
869 {
870 /*
871 * Doing "O" on a start of comment does not insert leader.
872 */
873 if (dir == BACKWARD)
874 {
875 lead_len = 0;
876 break;
877 }
878
879 /* find start of middle part */
880 (void)copy_option_part(&p, lead_middle, COM_MAX_LEN, ",");
881 require_blank = FALSE;
882 }
883
884 /*
885 * Isolate the strings of the middle and end leader.
886 */
887 while (*p && p[-1] != ':') /* find end of middle flags */
888 {
889 if (*p == COM_BLANK)
890 require_blank = TRUE;
891 ++p;
892 }
893 (void)copy_option_part(&p, lead_middle, COM_MAX_LEN, ",");
894
895 while (*p && p[-1] != ':') /* find end of end flags */
896 {
897 /* Check whether we allow automatic ending of comments */
898 if (*p == COM_AUTO_END)
899 end_comment_pending = -1; /* means we want to set it */
900 ++p;
901 }
902 n = copy_option_part(&p, lead_end, COM_MAX_LEN, ",");
903
904 if (end_comment_pending == -1) /* we can set it now */
905 end_comment_pending = lead_end[n - 1];
906
907 /*
908 * If the end of the comment is in the same line, don't use
909 * the comment leader.
910 */
911 if (dir == FORWARD)
912 {
913 for (p = saved_line + lead_len; *p; ++p)
914 if (STRNCMP(p, lead_end, n) == 0)
915 {
916 comment_end = p;
917 lead_len = 0;
918 break;
919 }
920 }
921
922 /*
923 * Doing "o" on a start of comment inserts the middle leader.
924 */
925 if (lead_len > 0)
926 {
927 if (current_flag == COM_START)
928 {
929 lead_repl = lead_middle;
930 lead_repl_len = (int)STRLEN(lead_middle);
931 }
932
933 /*
934 * If we have hit RETURN immediately after the start
935 * comment leader, then put a space after the middle
936 * comment leader on the next line.
937 */
938 if (!vim_iswhite(saved_line[lead_len - 1])
939 && ((p_extra != NULL
940 && (int)curwin->w_cursor.col == lead_len)
941 || (p_extra == NULL
942 && saved_line[lead_len] == NUL)
943 || require_blank))
944 extra_space = TRUE;
945 }
946 break;
947 }
948 if (*p == COM_END)
949 {
950 /*
951 * Doing "o" on the end of a comment does not insert leader.
952 * Remember where the end is, might want to use it to find the
953 * start (for C-comments).
954 */
955 if (dir == FORWARD)
956 {
957 comment_end = skipwhite(saved_line);
958 lead_len = 0;
959 break;
960 }
961
962 /*
963 * Doing "O" on the end of a comment inserts the middle leader.
964 * Find the string for the middle leader, searching backwards.
965 */
966 while (p > curbuf->b_p_com && *p != ',')
967 --p;
968 for (lead_repl = p; lead_repl > curbuf->b_p_com
969 && lead_repl[-1] != ':'; --lead_repl)
970 ;
971 lead_repl_len = (int)(p - lead_repl);
972
973 /* We can probably always add an extra space when doing "O" on
974 * the comment-end */
975 extra_space = TRUE;
976
977 /* Check whether we allow automatic ending of comments */
978 for (p2 = p; *p2 && *p2 != ':'; p2++)
979 {
980 if (*p2 == COM_AUTO_END)
981 end_comment_pending = -1; /* means we want to set it */
982 }
983 if (end_comment_pending == -1)
984 {
985 /* Find last character in end-comment string */
986 while (*p2 && *p2 != ',')
987 p2++;
988 end_comment_pending = p2[-1];
989 }
990 break;
991 }
992 if (*p == COM_FIRST)
993 {
994 /*
995 * Comment leader for first line only: Don't repeat leader
996 * when using "O", blank out leader when using "o".
997 */
998 if (dir == BACKWARD)
999 lead_len = 0;
1000 else
1001 {
1002 lead_repl = (char_u *)"";
1003 lead_repl_len = 0;
1004 }
1005 break;
1006 }
1007 }
1008 if (lead_len)
1009 {
1010 /* allocate buffer (may concatenate p_exta later) */
1011 leader = alloc(lead_len + lead_repl_len + extra_space +
1012 extra_len + 1);
1013 allocated = leader; /* remember to free it later */
1014
1015 if (leader == NULL)
1016 lead_len = 0;
1017 else
1018 {
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +00001019 vim_strncpy(leader, saved_line, lead_len);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001020
1021 /*
1022 * Replace leader with lead_repl, right or left adjusted
1023 */
1024 if (lead_repl != NULL)
1025 {
1026 int c = 0;
1027 int off = 0;
1028
1029 for (p = lead_flags; *p && *p != ':'; ++p)
1030 {
1031 if (*p == COM_RIGHT || *p == COM_LEFT)
1032 c = *p;
1033 else if (VIM_ISDIGIT(*p) || *p == '-')
1034 off = getdigits(&p);
1035 }
1036 if (c == COM_RIGHT) /* right adjusted leader */
1037 {
1038 /* find last non-white in the leader to line up with */
1039 for (p = leader + lead_len - 1; p > leader
1040 && vim_iswhite(*p); --p)
1041 ;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001042 ++p;
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00001043
1044#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
1045 /* Compute the length of the replaced characters in
1046 * screen characters, not bytes. */
1047 {
1048 int repl_size = vim_strnsize(lead_repl,
1049 lead_repl_len);
1050 int old_size = 0;
1051 char_u *endp = p;
1052 int l;
1053
1054 while (old_size < repl_size && p > leader)
1055 {
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00001056 mb_ptr_back(leader, p);
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00001057 old_size += ptr2cells(p);
1058 }
Bram Moolenaara93fa7e2006-04-17 22:14:47 +00001059 l = lead_repl_len - (int)(endp - p);
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00001060 if (l != 0)
1061 mch_memmove(endp + l, endp,
1062 (size_t)((leader + lead_len) - endp));
1063 lead_len += l;
1064 }
1065#else
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001066 if (p < leader + lead_repl_len)
1067 p = leader;
1068 else
1069 p -= lead_repl_len;
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00001070#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001071 mch_memmove(p, lead_repl, (size_t)lead_repl_len);
1072 if (p + lead_repl_len > leader + lead_len)
1073 p[lead_repl_len] = NUL;
1074
1075 /* blank-out any other chars from the old leader. */
1076 while (--p >= leader)
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00001077 {
1078#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
1079 int l = mb_head_off(leader, p);
1080
1081 if (l > 1)
1082 {
1083 p -= l;
1084 if (ptr2cells(p) > 1)
1085 {
1086 p[1] = ' ';
1087 --l;
1088 }
1089 mch_memmove(p + 1, p + l + 1,
1090 (size_t)((leader + lead_len) - (p + l + 1)));
1091 lead_len -= l;
1092 *p = ' ';
1093 }
1094 else
1095#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001096 if (!vim_iswhite(*p))
1097 *p = ' ';
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00001098 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001099 }
1100 else /* left adjusted leader */
1101 {
1102 p = skipwhite(leader);
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00001103#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
1104 /* Compute the length of the replaced characters in
1105 * screen characters, not bytes. Move the part that is
1106 * not to be overwritten. */
1107 {
1108 int repl_size = vim_strnsize(lead_repl,
1109 lead_repl_len);
1110 int i;
1111 int l;
1112
1113 for (i = 0; p[i] != NUL && i < lead_len; i += l)
1114 {
Bram Moolenaar0fa313a2005-08-10 21:07:57 +00001115 l = (*mb_ptr2len)(p + i);
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00001116 if (vim_strnsize(p, i + l) > repl_size)
1117 break;
1118 }
1119 if (i != lead_repl_len)
1120 {
1121 mch_memmove(p + lead_repl_len, p + i,
1122 (size_t)(lead_len - i - (leader - p)));
1123 lead_len += lead_repl_len - i;
1124 }
1125 }
1126#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001127 mch_memmove(p, lead_repl, (size_t)lead_repl_len);
1128
1129 /* Replace any remaining non-white chars in the old
1130 * leader by spaces. Keep Tabs, the indent must
1131 * remain the same. */
1132 for (p += lead_repl_len; p < leader + lead_len; ++p)
1133 if (!vim_iswhite(*p))
1134 {
1135 /* Don't put a space before a TAB. */
1136 if (p + 1 < leader + lead_len && p[1] == TAB)
1137 {
1138 --lead_len;
1139 mch_memmove(p, p + 1,
1140 (leader + lead_len) - p);
1141 }
1142 else
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00001143 {
1144#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
Bram Moolenaar0fa313a2005-08-10 21:07:57 +00001145 int l = (*mb_ptr2len)(p);
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00001146
1147 if (l > 1)
1148 {
1149 if (ptr2cells(p) > 1)
1150 {
1151 /* Replace a double-wide char with
1152 * two spaces */
1153 --l;
1154 *p++ = ' ';
1155 }
1156 mch_memmove(p + 1, p + l,
1157 (leader + lead_len) - p);
1158 lead_len -= l - 1;
1159 }
1160#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001161 *p = ' ';
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00001162 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001163 }
1164 *p = NUL;
1165 }
1166
1167 /* Recompute the indent, it may have changed. */
1168 if (curbuf->b_p_ai
1169#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
1170 || do_si
1171#endif
1172 )
1173 newindent = get_indent_str(leader, (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
1174
1175 /* Add the indent offset */
1176 if (newindent + off < 0)
1177 {
1178 off = -newindent;
1179 newindent = 0;
1180 }
1181 else
1182 newindent += off;
1183
1184 /* Correct trailing spaces for the shift, so that
1185 * alignment remains equal. */
1186 while (off > 0 && lead_len > 0
1187 && leader[lead_len - 1] == ' ')
1188 {
1189 /* Don't do it when there is a tab before the space */
1190 if (vim_strchr(skipwhite(leader), '\t') != NULL)
1191 break;
1192 --lead_len;
1193 --off;
1194 }
1195
1196 /* If the leader ends in white space, don't add an
1197 * extra space */
1198 if (lead_len > 0 && vim_iswhite(leader[lead_len - 1]))
1199 extra_space = FALSE;
1200 leader[lead_len] = NUL;
1201 }
1202
1203 if (extra_space)
1204 {
1205 leader[lead_len++] = ' ';
1206 leader[lead_len] = NUL;
1207 }
1208
1209 newcol = lead_len;
1210
1211 /*
1212 * if a new indent will be set below, remove the indent that
1213 * is in the comment leader
1214 */
1215 if (newindent
1216#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
1217 || did_si
1218#endif
1219 )
1220 {
1221 while (lead_len && vim_iswhite(*leader))
1222 {
1223 --lead_len;
1224 --newcol;
1225 ++leader;
1226 }
1227 }
1228
1229 }
1230#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
1231 did_si = can_si = FALSE;
1232#endif
1233 }
1234 else if (comment_end != NULL)
1235 {
1236 /*
1237 * We have finished a comment, so we don't use the leader.
1238 * If this was a C-comment and 'ai' or 'si' is set do a normal
1239 * indent to align with the line containing the start of the
1240 * comment.
1241 */
1242 if (comment_end[0] == '*' && comment_end[1] == '/' &&
1243 (curbuf->b_p_ai
1244#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
1245 || do_si
1246#endif
1247 ))
1248 {
1249 old_cursor = curwin->w_cursor;
1250 curwin->w_cursor.col = (colnr_T)(comment_end - saved_line);
1251 if ((pos = findmatch(NULL, NUL)) != NULL)
1252 {
1253 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum;
1254 newindent = get_indent();
1255 }
1256 curwin->w_cursor = old_cursor;
1257 }
1258 }
1259 }
1260#endif
1261
1262 /* (State == INSERT || State == REPLACE), only when dir == FORWARD */
1263 if (p_extra != NULL)
1264 {
1265 *p_extra = saved_char; /* restore char that NUL replaced */
1266
1267 /*
1268 * When 'ai' set or "flags" has OPENLINE_DELSPACES, skip to the first
1269 * non-blank.
1270 *
1271 * When in REPLACE mode, put the deleted blanks on the replace stack,
1272 * preceded by a NUL, so they can be put back when a BS is entered.
1273 */
1274 if (REPLACE_NORMAL(State))
1275 replace_push(NUL); /* end of extra blanks */
1276 if (curbuf->b_p_ai || (flags & OPENLINE_DELSPACES))
1277 {
1278 while ((*p_extra == ' ' || *p_extra == '\t')
1279#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
1280 && (!enc_utf8
1281 || !utf_iscomposing(utf_ptr2char(p_extra + 1)))
1282#endif
1283 )
1284 {
1285 if (REPLACE_NORMAL(State))
1286 replace_push(*p_extra);
1287 ++p_extra;
1288 ++less_cols_off;
1289 }
1290 }
1291 if (*p_extra != NUL)
1292 did_ai = FALSE; /* append some text, don't truncate now */
1293
1294 /* columns for marks adjusted for removed columns */
1295 less_cols = (int)(p_extra - saved_line);
1296 }
1297
1298 if (p_extra == NULL)
1299 p_extra = (char_u *)""; /* append empty line */
1300
1301#ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
1302 /* concatenate leader and p_extra, if there is a leader */
1303 if (lead_len)
1304 {
1305 STRCAT(leader, p_extra);
1306 p_extra = leader;
1307 did_ai = TRUE; /* So truncating blanks works with comments */
1308 less_cols -= lead_len;
1309 }
1310 else
1311 end_comment_pending = NUL; /* turns out there was no leader */
1312#endif
1313
1314 old_cursor = curwin->w_cursor;
1315 if (dir == BACKWARD)
1316 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
1317#ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
1318 if (!(State & VREPLACE_FLAG) || old_cursor.lnum >= orig_line_count)
1319#endif
1320 {
1321 if (ml_append(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, p_extra, (colnr_T)0, FALSE)
1322 == FAIL)
1323 goto theend;
1324 /* Postpone calling changed_lines(), because it would mess up folding
1325 * with markers. */
1326 mark_adjust(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 1, (linenr_T)MAXLNUM, 1L, 0L);
1327 did_append = TRUE;
1328 }
1329#ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
1330 else
1331 {
1332 /*
1333 * In VREPLACE mode we are starting to replace the next line.
1334 */
1335 curwin->w_cursor.lnum++;
1336 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum >= Insstart.lnum + vr_lines_changed)
1337 {
1338 /* In case we NL to a new line, BS to the previous one, and NL
1339 * again, we don't want to save the new line for undo twice.
1340 */
1341 (void)u_save_cursor(); /* errors are ignored! */
1342 vr_lines_changed++;
1343 }
1344 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, p_extra, TRUE);
1345 changed_bytes(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 0);
1346 curwin->w_cursor.lnum--;
1347 did_append = FALSE;
1348 }
1349#endif
1350
1351 if (newindent
1352#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
1353 || did_si
1354#endif
1355 )
1356 {
1357 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
1358#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
1359 if (did_si)
1360 {
1361 if (p_sr)
1362 newindent -= newindent % (int)curbuf->b_p_sw;
1363 newindent += (int)curbuf->b_p_sw;
1364 }
1365#endif
Bram Moolenaar5002c292007-07-24 13:26:15 +00001366 /* Copy the indent */
1367 if (curbuf->b_p_ci)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001368 {
1369 (void)copy_indent(newindent, saved_line);
1370
1371 /*
1372 * Set the 'preserveindent' option so that any further screwing
1373 * with the line doesn't entirely destroy our efforts to preserve
1374 * it. It gets restored at the function end.
1375 */
1376 curbuf->b_p_pi = TRUE;
1377 }
1378 else
1379 (void)set_indent(newindent, SIN_INSERT);
1380 less_cols -= curwin->w_cursor.col;
1381
1382 ai_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
1383
1384 /*
1385 * In REPLACE mode, for each character in the new indent, there must
1386 * be a NUL on the replace stack, for when it is deleted with BS
1387 */
1388 if (REPLACE_NORMAL(State))
1389 for (n = 0; n < (int)curwin->w_cursor.col; ++n)
1390 replace_push(NUL);
1391 newcol += curwin->w_cursor.col;
1392#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
1393 if (no_si)
1394 did_si = FALSE;
1395#endif
1396 }
1397
1398#ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
1399 /*
1400 * In REPLACE mode, for each character in the extra leader, there must be
1401 * a NUL on the replace stack, for when it is deleted with BS.
1402 */
1403 if (REPLACE_NORMAL(State))
1404 while (lead_len-- > 0)
1405 replace_push(NUL);
1406#endif
1407
1408 curwin->w_cursor = old_cursor;
1409
1410 if (dir == FORWARD)
1411 {
1412 if (trunc_line || (State & INSERT))
1413 {
1414 /* truncate current line at cursor */
1415 saved_line[curwin->w_cursor.col] = NUL;
1416 /* Remove trailing white space, unless OPENLINE_KEEPTRAIL used. */
1417 if (trunc_line && !(flags & OPENLINE_KEEPTRAIL))
1418 truncate_spaces(saved_line);
1419 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, saved_line, FALSE);
1420 saved_line = NULL;
1421 if (did_append)
1422 {
1423 changed_lines(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, curwin->w_cursor.col,
1424 curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 1, 1L);
1425 did_append = FALSE;
1426
1427 /* Move marks after the line break to the new line. */
1428 if (flags & OPENLINE_MARKFIX)
1429 mark_col_adjust(curwin->w_cursor.lnum,
1430 curwin->w_cursor.col + less_cols_off,
1431 1L, (long)-less_cols);
1432 }
1433 else
1434 changed_bytes(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, curwin->w_cursor.col);
1435 }
1436
1437 /*
1438 * Put the cursor on the new line. Careful: the scrollup() above may
1439 * have moved w_cursor, we must use old_cursor.
1440 */
1441 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = old_cursor.lnum + 1;
1442 }
1443 if (did_append)
1444 changed_lines(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 0, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 1L);
1445
1446 curwin->w_cursor.col = newcol;
1447#ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
1448 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
1449#endif
1450
1451#if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) && (defined(FEAT_LISP) || defined(FEAT_CINDENT))
1452 /*
1453 * In VREPLACE mode, we are handling the replace stack ourselves, so stop
1454 * fixthisline() from doing it (via change_indent()) by telling it we're in
1455 * normal INSERT mode.
1456 */
1457 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
1458 {
1459 vreplace_mode = State; /* So we know to put things right later */
1460 State = INSERT;
1461 }
1462 else
1463 vreplace_mode = 0;
1464#endif
1465#ifdef FEAT_LISP
1466 /*
1467 * May do lisp indenting.
1468 */
1469 if (!p_paste
1470# ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
1471 && leader == NULL
1472# endif
1473 && curbuf->b_p_lisp
1474 && curbuf->b_p_ai)
1475 {
1476 fixthisline(get_lisp_indent);
1477 p = ml_get_curline();
1478 ai_col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite(p) - p);
1479 }
1480#endif
1481#ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
1482 /*
1483 * May do indenting after opening a new line.
1484 */
1485 if (!p_paste
1486 && (curbuf->b_p_cin
1487# ifdef FEAT_EVAL
1488 || *curbuf->b_p_inde != NUL
1489# endif
1490 )
1491 && in_cinkeys(dir == FORWARD
1492 ? KEY_OPEN_FORW
1493 : KEY_OPEN_BACK, ' ', linewhite(curwin->w_cursor.lnum)))
1494 {
1495 do_c_expr_indent();
1496 p = ml_get_curline();
1497 ai_col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite(p) - p);
1498 }
1499#endif
1500#if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) && (defined(FEAT_LISP) || defined(FEAT_CINDENT))
1501 if (vreplace_mode != 0)
1502 State = vreplace_mode;
1503#endif
1504
1505#ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
1506 /*
1507 * Finally, VREPLACE gets the stuff on the new line, then puts back the
1508 * original line, and inserts the new stuff char by char, pushing old stuff
1509 * onto the replace stack (via ins_char()).
1510 */
1511 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
1512 {
1513 /* Put new line in p_extra */
1514 p_extra = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline());
1515 if (p_extra == NULL)
1516 goto theend;
1517
1518 /* Put back original line */
1519 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, next_line, FALSE);
1520
1521 /* Insert new stuff into line again */
1522 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
1523#ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
1524 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
1525#endif
1526 ins_bytes(p_extra); /* will call changed_bytes() */
1527 vim_free(p_extra);
1528 next_line = NULL;
1529 }
1530#endif
1531
1532 retval = TRUE; /* success! */
1533theend:
1534 curbuf->b_p_pi = saved_pi;
1535 vim_free(saved_line);
1536 vim_free(next_line);
1537 vim_free(allocated);
1538 return retval;
1539}
1540
1541#if defined(FEAT_COMMENTS) || defined(PROTO)
1542/*
1543 * get_leader_len() returns the length of the prefix of the given string
1544 * which introduces a comment. If this string is not a comment then 0 is
1545 * returned.
1546 * When "flags" is not NULL, it is set to point to the flags of the recognized
1547 * comment leader.
1548 * "backward" must be true for the "O" command.
1549 */
1550 int
1551get_leader_len(line, flags, backward)
1552 char_u *line;
1553 char_u **flags;
1554 int backward;
1555{
1556 int i, j;
1557 int got_com = FALSE;
1558 int found_one;
1559 char_u part_buf[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* buffer for one option part */
1560 char_u *string; /* pointer to comment string */
1561 char_u *list;
1562
1563 i = 0;
1564 while (vim_iswhite(line[i])) /* leading white space is ignored */
1565 ++i;
1566
1567 /*
1568 * Repeat to match several nested comment strings.
1569 */
1570 while (line[i])
1571 {
1572 /*
1573 * scan through the 'comments' option for a match
1574 */
1575 found_one = FALSE;
1576 for (list = curbuf->b_p_com; *list; )
1577 {
1578 /*
1579 * Get one option part into part_buf[]. Advance list to next one.
1580 * put string at start of string.
1581 */
1582 if (!got_com && flags != NULL) /* remember where flags started */
1583 *flags = list;
1584 (void)copy_option_part(&list, part_buf, COM_MAX_LEN, ",");
1585 string = vim_strchr(part_buf, ':');
1586 if (string == NULL) /* missing ':', ignore this part */
1587 continue;
1588 *string++ = NUL; /* isolate flags from string */
1589
1590 /*
1591 * When already found a nested comment, only accept further
1592 * nested comments.
1593 */
1594 if (got_com && vim_strchr(part_buf, COM_NEST) == NULL)
1595 continue;
1596
1597 /* When 'O' flag used don't use for "O" command */
1598 if (backward && vim_strchr(part_buf, COM_NOBACK) != NULL)
1599 continue;
1600
1601 /*
1602 * Line contents and string must match.
1603 * When string starts with white space, must have some white space
1604 * (but the amount does not need to match, there might be a mix of
1605 * TABs and spaces).
1606 */
1607 if (vim_iswhite(string[0]))
1608 {
1609 if (i == 0 || !vim_iswhite(line[i - 1]))
1610 continue;
1611 while (vim_iswhite(string[0]))
1612 ++string;
1613 }
1614 for (j = 0; string[j] != NUL && string[j] == line[i + j]; ++j)
1615 ;
1616 if (string[j] != NUL)
1617 continue;
1618
1619 /*
1620 * When 'b' flag used, there must be white space or an
1621 * end-of-line after the string in the line.
1622 */
1623 if (vim_strchr(part_buf, COM_BLANK) != NULL
1624 && !vim_iswhite(line[i + j]) && line[i + j] != NUL)
1625 continue;
1626
1627 /*
1628 * We have found a match, stop searching.
1629 */
1630 i += j;
1631 got_com = TRUE;
1632 found_one = TRUE;
1633 break;
1634 }
1635
1636 /*
1637 * No match found, stop scanning.
1638 */
1639 if (!found_one)
1640 break;
1641
1642 /*
1643 * Include any trailing white space.
1644 */
1645 while (vim_iswhite(line[i]))
1646 ++i;
1647
1648 /*
1649 * If this comment doesn't nest, stop here.
1650 */
1651 if (vim_strchr(part_buf, COM_NEST) == NULL)
1652 break;
1653 }
1654 return (got_com ? i : 0);
1655}
1656#endif
1657
1658/*
1659 * Return the number of window lines occupied by buffer line "lnum".
1660 */
1661 int
1662plines(lnum)
1663 linenr_T lnum;
1664{
1665 return plines_win(curwin, lnum, TRUE);
1666}
1667
1668 int
1669plines_win(wp, lnum, winheight)
1670 win_T *wp;
1671 linenr_T lnum;
1672 int winheight; /* when TRUE limit to window height */
1673{
1674#if defined(FEAT_DIFF) || defined(PROTO)
1675 /* Check for filler lines above this buffer line. When folded the result
1676 * is one line anyway. */
1677 return plines_win_nofill(wp, lnum, winheight) + diff_check_fill(wp, lnum);
1678}
1679
1680 int
1681plines_nofill(lnum)
1682 linenr_T lnum;
1683{
1684 return plines_win_nofill(curwin, lnum, TRUE);
1685}
1686
1687 int
1688plines_win_nofill(wp, lnum, winheight)
1689 win_T *wp;
1690 linenr_T lnum;
1691 int winheight; /* when TRUE limit to window height */
1692{
1693#endif
1694 int lines;
1695
1696 if (!wp->w_p_wrap)
1697 return 1;
1698
1699#ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
1700 if (wp->w_width == 0)
1701 return 1;
1702#endif
1703
1704#ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
1705 /* A folded lines is handled just like an empty line. */
1706 /* NOTE: Caller must handle lines that are MAYBE folded. */
1707 if (lineFolded(wp, lnum) == TRUE)
1708 return 1;
1709#endif
1710
1711 lines = plines_win_nofold(wp, lnum);
1712 if (winheight > 0 && lines > wp->w_height)
1713 return (int)wp->w_height;
1714 return lines;
1715}
1716
1717/*
1718 * Return number of window lines physical line "lnum" will occupy in window
1719 * "wp". Does not care about folding, 'wrap' or 'diff'.
1720 */
1721 int
1722plines_win_nofold(wp, lnum)
1723 win_T *wp;
1724 linenr_T lnum;
1725{
1726 char_u *s;
1727 long col;
1728 int width;
1729
1730 s = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE);
1731 if (*s == NUL) /* empty line */
1732 return 1;
1733 col = win_linetabsize(wp, s, (colnr_T)MAXCOL);
1734
1735 /*
1736 * If list mode is on, then the '$' at the end of the line may take up one
1737 * extra column.
1738 */
1739 if (wp->w_p_list && lcs_eol != NUL)
1740 col += 1;
1741
1742 /*
1743 * Add column offset for 'number' and 'foldcolumn'.
1744 */
1745 width = W_WIDTH(wp) - win_col_off(wp);
1746 if (width <= 0)
1747 return 32000;
1748 if (col <= width)
1749 return 1;
1750 col -= width;
1751 width += win_col_off2(wp);
1752 return (col + (width - 1)) / width + 1;
1753}
1754
1755/*
1756 * Like plines_win(), but only reports the number of physical screen lines
1757 * used from the start of the line to the given column number.
1758 */
1759 int
1760plines_win_col(wp, lnum, column)
1761 win_T *wp;
1762 linenr_T lnum;
1763 long column;
1764{
1765 long col;
1766 char_u *s;
1767 int lines = 0;
1768 int width;
1769
1770#ifdef FEAT_DIFF
1771 /* Check for filler lines above this buffer line. When folded the result
1772 * is one line anyway. */
1773 lines = diff_check_fill(wp, lnum);
1774#endif
1775
1776 if (!wp->w_p_wrap)
1777 return lines + 1;
1778
1779#ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
1780 if (wp->w_width == 0)
1781 return lines + 1;
1782#endif
1783
1784 s = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE);
1785
1786 col = 0;
1787 while (*s != NUL && --column >= 0)
1788 {
1789 col += win_lbr_chartabsize(wp, s, (colnr_T)col, NULL);
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00001790 mb_ptr_adv(s);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001791 }
1792
1793 /*
1794 * If *s is a TAB, and the TAB is not displayed as ^I, and we're not in
1795 * INSERT mode, then col must be adjusted so that it represents the last
1796 * screen position of the TAB. This only fixes an error when the TAB wraps
1797 * from one screen line to the next (when 'columns' is not a multiple of
1798 * 'ts') -- webb.
1799 */
1800 if (*s == TAB && (State & NORMAL) && (!wp->w_p_list || lcs_tab1))
1801 col += win_lbr_chartabsize(wp, s, (colnr_T)col, NULL) - 1;
1802
1803 /*
1804 * Add column offset for 'number', 'foldcolumn', etc.
1805 */
1806 width = W_WIDTH(wp) - win_col_off(wp);
Bram Moolenaar26470632006-10-24 19:12:40 +00001807 if (width <= 0)
1808 return 9999;
1809
1810 lines += 1;
1811 if (col > width)
1812 lines += (col - width) / (width + win_col_off2(wp)) + 1;
1813 return lines;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001814}
1815
1816 int
1817plines_m_win(wp, first, last)
1818 win_T *wp;
1819 linenr_T first, last;
1820{
1821 int count = 0;
1822
1823 while (first <= last)
1824 {
1825#ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
1826 int x;
1827
1828 /* Check if there are any really folded lines, but also included lines
1829 * that are maybe folded. */
1830 x = foldedCount(wp, first, NULL);
1831 if (x > 0)
1832 {
1833 ++count; /* count 1 for "+-- folded" line */
1834 first += x;
1835 }
1836 else
1837#endif
1838 {
1839#ifdef FEAT_DIFF
1840 if (first == wp->w_topline)
1841 count += plines_win_nofill(wp, first, TRUE) + wp->w_topfill;
1842 else
1843#endif
1844 count += plines_win(wp, first, TRUE);
1845 ++first;
1846 }
1847 }
1848 return (count);
1849}
1850
1851#if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) || defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) || defined(PROTO)
1852/*
1853 * Insert string "p" at the cursor position. Stops at a NUL byte.
1854 * Handles Replace mode and multi-byte characters.
1855 */
1856 void
1857ins_bytes(p)
1858 char_u *p;
1859{
1860 ins_bytes_len(p, (int)STRLEN(p));
1861}
1862#endif
1863
1864#if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) || defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) \
1865 || defined(FEAT_COMMENTS) || defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(PROTO)
1866/*
1867 * Insert string "p" with length "len" at the cursor position.
1868 * Handles Replace mode and multi-byte characters.
1869 */
1870 void
1871ins_bytes_len(p, len)
1872 char_u *p;
1873 int len;
1874{
1875 int i;
1876# ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
1877 int n;
1878
Bram Moolenaar176dd1e2008-06-21 14:30:28 +00001879 if (has_mbyte)
1880 for (i = 0; i < len; i += n)
1881 {
1882 if (enc_utf8)
1883 /* avoid reading past p[len] */
1884 n = utfc_ptr2len_len(p + i, len - i);
1885 else
1886 n = (*mb_ptr2len)(p + i);
1887 ins_char_bytes(p + i, n);
1888 }
1889 else
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001890# endif
Bram Moolenaar176dd1e2008-06-21 14:30:28 +00001891 for (i = 0; i < len; ++i)
1892 ins_char(p[i]);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001893}
1894#endif
1895
1896/*
1897 * Insert or replace a single character at the cursor position.
1898 * When in REPLACE or VREPLACE mode, replace any existing character.
1899 * Caller must have prepared for undo.
1900 * For multi-byte characters we get the whole character, the caller must
1901 * convert bytes to a character.
1902 */
1903 void
1904ins_char(c)
1905 int c;
1906{
1907#if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(PROTO)
1908 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES];
1909 int n;
1910
1911 n = (*mb_char2bytes)(c, buf);
1912
1913 /* When "c" is 0x100, 0x200, etc. we don't want to insert a NUL byte.
1914 * Happens for CTRL-Vu9900. */
1915 if (buf[0] == 0)
1916 buf[0] = '\n';
1917
1918 ins_char_bytes(buf, n);
1919}
1920
1921 void
1922ins_char_bytes(buf, charlen)
1923 char_u *buf;
1924 int charlen;
1925{
1926 int c = buf[0];
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001927#endif
1928 int newlen; /* nr of bytes inserted */
1929 int oldlen; /* nr of bytes deleted (0 when not replacing) */
1930 char_u *p;
1931 char_u *newp;
1932 char_u *oldp;
1933 int linelen; /* length of old line including NUL */
1934 colnr_T col;
1935 linenr_T lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
1936 int i;
1937
1938#ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
1939 /* Break tabs if needed. */
1940 if (virtual_active() && curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0)
1941 coladvance_force(getviscol());
1942#endif
1943
1944 col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
1945 oldp = ml_get(lnum);
1946 linelen = (int)STRLEN(oldp) + 1;
1947
1948 /* The lengths default to the values for when not replacing. */
1949 oldlen = 0;
1950#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
1951 newlen = charlen;
1952#else
1953 newlen = 1;
1954#endif
1955
1956 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
1957 {
1958#ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
1959 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
1960 {
1961 colnr_T new_vcol = 0; /* init for GCC */
1962 colnr_T vcol;
1963 int old_list;
1964#ifndef FEAT_MBYTE
1965 char_u buf[2];
1966#endif
1967
1968 /*
1969 * Disable 'list' temporarily, unless 'cpo' contains the 'L' flag.
1970 * Returns the old value of list, so when finished,
1971 * curwin->w_p_list should be set back to this.
1972 */
1973 old_list = curwin->w_p_list;
1974 if (old_list && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_LISTWM) == NULL)
1975 curwin->w_p_list = FALSE;
1976
1977 /*
1978 * In virtual replace mode each character may replace one or more
1979 * characters (zero if it's a TAB). Count the number of bytes to
1980 * be deleted to make room for the new character, counting screen
1981 * cells. May result in adding spaces to fill a gap.
1982 */
1983 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, NULL, &vcol, NULL);
1984#ifndef FEAT_MBYTE
1985 buf[0] = c;
1986 buf[1] = NUL;
1987#endif
1988 new_vcol = vcol + chartabsize(buf, vcol);
1989 while (oldp[col + oldlen] != NUL && vcol < new_vcol)
1990 {
1991 vcol += chartabsize(oldp + col + oldlen, vcol);
1992 /* Don't need to remove a TAB that takes us to the right
1993 * position. */
1994 if (vcol > new_vcol && oldp[col + oldlen] == TAB)
1995 break;
1996#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
Bram Moolenaar0fa313a2005-08-10 21:07:57 +00001997 oldlen += (*mb_ptr2len)(oldp + col + oldlen);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001998#else
1999 ++oldlen;
2000#endif
2001 /* Deleted a bit too much, insert spaces. */
2002 if (vcol > new_vcol)
2003 newlen += vcol - new_vcol;
2004 }
2005 curwin->w_p_list = old_list;
2006 }
2007 else
2008#endif
2009 if (oldp[col] != NUL)
2010 {
2011 /* normal replace */
2012#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
Bram Moolenaar0fa313a2005-08-10 21:07:57 +00002013 oldlen = (*mb_ptr2len)(oldp + col);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002014#else
2015 oldlen = 1;
2016#endif
2017 }
2018
2019
2020 /* Push the replaced bytes onto the replace stack, so that they can be
2021 * put back when BS is used. The bytes of a multi-byte character are
2022 * done the other way around, so that the first byte is popped off
2023 * first (it tells the byte length of the character). */
2024 replace_push(NUL);
2025 for (i = 0; i < oldlen; ++i)
2026 {
2027#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
Bram Moolenaar2c994e82008-01-02 16:49:36 +00002028 if (has_mbyte)
2029 i += replace_push_mb(oldp + col + i) - 1;
2030 else
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002031#endif
Bram Moolenaar2c994e82008-01-02 16:49:36 +00002032 replace_push(oldp[col + i]);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002033 }
2034 }
2035
2036 newp = alloc_check((unsigned)(linelen + newlen - oldlen));
2037 if (newp == NULL)
2038 return;
2039
2040 /* Copy bytes before the cursor. */
2041 if (col > 0)
2042 mch_memmove(newp, oldp, (size_t)col);
2043
2044 /* Copy bytes after the changed character(s). */
2045 p = newp + col;
2046 mch_memmove(p + newlen, oldp + col + oldlen,
2047 (size_t)(linelen - col - oldlen));
2048
2049 /* Insert or overwrite the new character. */
2050#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2051 mch_memmove(p, buf, charlen);
2052 i = charlen;
2053#else
2054 *p = c;
2055 i = 1;
2056#endif
2057
2058 /* Fill with spaces when necessary. */
2059 while (i < newlen)
2060 p[i++] = ' ';
2061
2062 /* Replace the line in the buffer. */
2063 ml_replace(lnum, newp, FALSE);
2064
2065 /* mark the buffer as changed and prepare for displaying */
2066 changed_bytes(lnum, col);
2067
2068 /*
2069 * If we're in Insert or Replace mode and 'showmatch' is set, then briefly
2070 * show the match for right parens and braces.
2071 */
2072 if (p_sm && (State & INSERT)
2073 && msg_silent == 0
2074#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2075 && charlen == 1
2076#endif
Bram Moolenaar7e8fd632006-02-18 22:14:51 +00002077#ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
2078 && !ins_compl_active()
2079#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002080 )
2081 showmatch(c);
2082
2083#ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
2084 if (!p_ri || (State & REPLACE_FLAG))
2085#endif
2086 {
2087 /* Normal insert: move cursor right */
2088#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2089 curwin->w_cursor.col += charlen;
2090#else
2091 ++curwin->w_cursor.col;
2092#endif
2093 }
2094 /*
2095 * TODO: should try to update w_row here, to avoid recomputing it later.
2096 */
2097}
2098
2099/*
2100 * Insert a string at the cursor position.
2101 * Note: Does NOT handle Replace mode.
2102 * Caller must have prepared for undo.
2103 */
2104 void
2105ins_str(s)
2106 char_u *s;
2107{
2108 char_u *oldp, *newp;
2109 int newlen = (int)STRLEN(s);
2110 int oldlen;
2111 colnr_T col;
2112 linenr_T lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
2113
2114#ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
2115 if (virtual_active() && curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0)
2116 coladvance_force(getviscol());
2117#endif
2118
2119 col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
2120 oldp = ml_get(lnum);
2121 oldlen = (int)STRLEN(oldp);
2122
2123 newp = alloc_check((unsigned)(oldlen + newlen + 1));
2124 if (newp == NULL)
2125 return;
2126 if (col > 0)
2127 mch_memmove(newp, oldp, (size_t)col);
2128 mch_memmove(newp + col, s, (size_t)newlen);
2129 mch_memmove(newp + col + newlen, oldp + col, (size_t)(oldlen - col + 1));
2130 ml_replace(lnum, newp, FALSE);
2131 changed_bytes(lnum, col);
2132 curwin->w_cursor.col += newlen;
2133}
2134
2135/*
2136 * Delete one character under the cursor.
2137 * If "fixpos" is TRUE, don't leave the cursor on the NUL after the line.
2138 * Caller must have prepared for undo.
2139 *
2140 * return FAIL for failure, OK otherwise
2141 */
2142 int
2143del_char(fixpos)
2144 int fixpos;
2145{
2146#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2147 if (has_mbyte)
2148 {
2149 /* Make sure the cursor is at the start of a character. */
2150 mb_adjust_cursor();
2151 if (*ml_get_cursor() == NUL)
2152 return FAIL;
2153 return del_chars(1L, fixpos);
2154 }
2155#endif
Bram Moolenaare3226be2005-12-18 22:10:00 +00002156 return del_bytes(1L, fixpos, TRUE);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002157}
2158
2159#if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(PROTO)
2160/*
2161 * Like del_bytes(), but delete characters instead of bytes.
2162 */
2163 int
2164del_chars(count, fixpos)
2165 long count;
2166 int fixpos;
2167{
2168 long bytes = 0;
2169 long i;
2170 char_u *p;
2171 int l;
2172
2173 p = ml_get_cursor();
2174 for (i = 0; i < count && *p != NUL; ++i)
2175 {
Bram Moolenaar0fa313a2005-08-10 21:07:57 +00002176 l = (*mb_ptr2len)(p);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002177 bytes += l;
2178 p += l;
2179 }
Bram Moolenaare3226be2005-12-18 22:10:00 +00002180 return del_bytes(bytes, fixpos, TRUE);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002181}
2182#endif
2183
2184/*
2185 * Delete "count" bytes under the cursor.
2186 * If "fixpos" is TRUE, don't leave the cursor on the NUL after the line.
2187 * Caller must have prepared for undo.
2188 *
2189 * return FAIL for failure, OK otherwise
2190 */
Bram Moolenaara9b1e742005-12-19 22:14:58 +00002191/*ARGSUSED*/
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002192 int
Bram Moolenaarca003e12006-03-17 23:19:38 +00002193del_bytes(count, fixpos_arg, use_delcombine)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002194 long count;
Bram Moolenaarca003e12006-03-17 23:19:38 +00002195 int fixpos_arg;
Bram Moolenaare3226be2005-12-18 22:10:00 +00002196 int use_delcombine; /* 'delcombine' option applies */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002197{
2198 char_u *oldp, *newp;
2199 colnr_T oldlen;
2200 linenr_T lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
2201 colnr_T col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
2202 int was_alloced;
2203 long movelen;
Bram Moolenaarca003e12006-03-17 23:19:38 +00002204 int fixpos = fixpos_arg;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002205
2206 oldp = ml_get(lnum);
2207 oldlen = (int)STRLEN(oldp);
2208
2209 /*
2210 * Can't do anything when the cursor is on the NUL after the line.
2211 */
2212 if (col >= oldlen)
2213 return FAIL;
2214
2215#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2216 /* If 'delcombine' is set and deleting (less than) one character, only
2217 * delete the last combining character. */
Bram Moolenaare3226be2005-12-18 22:10:00 +00002218 if (p_deco && use_delcombine && enc_utf8
2219 && utfc_ptr2len(oldp + col) >= count)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002220 {
Bram Moolenaar362e1a32006-03-06 23:29:24 +00002221 int cc[MAX_MCO];
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002222 int n;
2223
Bram Moolenaar362e1a32006-03-06 23:29:24 +00002224 (void)utfc_ptr2char(oldp + col, cc);
2225 if (cc[0] != NUL)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002226 {
2227 /* Find the last composing char, there can be several. */
2228 n = col;
2229 do
2230 {
2231 col = n;
Bram Moolenaar0fa313a2005-08-10 21:07:57 +00002232 count = utf_ptr2len(oldp + n);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002233 n += count;
2234 } while (UTF_COMPOSINGLIKE(oldp + col, oldp + n));
2235 fixpos = 0;
2236 }
2237 }
2238#endif
2239
2240 /*
2241 * When count is too big, reduce it.
2242 */
2243 movelen = (long)oldlen - (long)col - count + 1; /* includes trailing NUL */
2244 if (movelen <= 1)
2245 {
2246 /*
2247 * If we just took off the last character of a non-blank line, and
Bram Moolenaarca003e12006-03-17 23:19:38 +00002248 * fixpos is TRUE, we don't want to end up positioned at the NUL,
2249 * unless "restart_edit" is set or 'virtualedit' contains "onemore".
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002250 */
Bram Moolenaarca003e12006-03-17 23:19:38 +00002251 if (col > 0 && fixpos && restart_edit == 0
2252#ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
2253 && (ve_flags & VE_ONEMORE) == 0
2254#endif
2255 )
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002256 {
2257 --curwin->w_cursor.col;
2258#ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
2259 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
2260#endif
2261#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2262 if (has_mbyte)
2263 curwin->w_cursor.col -=
2264 (*mb_head_off)(oldp, oldp + curwin->w_cursor.col);
2265#endif
2266 }
2267 count = oldlen - col;
2268 movelen = 1;
2269 }
2270
2271 /*
2272 * If the old line has been allocated the deletion can be done in the
2273 * existing line. Otherwise a new line has to be allocated
Bram Moolenaare21877a2008-02-13 09:58:14 +00002274 * Can't do this when using Netbeans, because we would need to invoke
2275 * netbeans_removed(), which deallocates the line. Let ml_replace() take
2276 * care of notifiying Netbeans.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002277 */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002278#ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG
Bram Moolenaare21877a2008-02-13 09:58:14 +00002279 if (usingNetbeans)
2280 was_alloced = FALSE;
2281 else
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002282#endif
Bram Moolenaare21877a2008-02-13 09:58:14 +00002283 was_alloced = ml_line_alloced(); /* check if oldp was allocated */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002284 if (was_alloced)
2285 newp = oldp; /* use same allocated memory */
2286 else
2287 { /* need to allocate a new line */
2288 newp = alloc((unsigned)(oldlen + 1 - count));
2289 if (newp == NULL)
2290 return FAIL;
2291 mch_memmove(newp, oldp, (size_t)col);
2292 }
2293 mch_memmove(newp + col, oldp + col + count, (size_t)movelen);
2294 if (!was_alloced)
2295 ml_replace(lnum, newp, FALSE);
2296
2297 /* mark the buffer as changed and prepare for displaying */
2298 changed_bytes(lnum, curwin->w_cursor.col);
2299
2300 return OK;
2301}
2302
2303/*
2304 * Delete from cursor to end of line.
2305 * Caller must have prepared for undo.
2306 *
2307 * return FAIL for failure, OK otherwise
2308 */
2309 int
2310truncate_line(fixpos)
2311 int fixpos; /* if TRUE fix the cursor position when done */
2312{
2313 char_u *newp;
2314 linenr_T lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
2315 colnr_T col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
2316
2317 if (col == 0)
2318 newp = vim_strsave((char_u *)"");
2319 else
2320 newp = vim_strnsave(ml_get(lnum), col);
2321
2322 if (newp == NULL)
2323 return FAIL;
2324
2325 ml_replace(lnum, newp, FALSE);
2326
2327 /* mark the buffer as changed and prepare for displaying */
2328 changed_bytes(lnum, curwin->w_cursor.col);
2329
2330 /*
2331 * If "fixpos" is TRUE we don't want to end up positioned at the NUL.
2332 */
2333 if (fixpos && curwin->w_cursor.col > 0)
2334 --curwin->w_cursor.col;
2335
2336 return OK;
2337}
2338
2339/*
2340 * Delete "nlines" lines at the cursor.
2341 * Saves the lines for undo first if "undo" is TRUE.
2342 */
2343 void
2344del_lines(nlines, undo)
2345 long nlines; /* number of lines to delete */
2346 int undo; /* if TRUE, prepare for undo */
2347{
2348 long n;
2349
2350 if (nlines <= 0)
2351 return;
2352
2353 /* save the deleted lines for undo */
2354 if (undo && u_savedel(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, nlines) == FAIL)
2355 return;
2356
2357 for (n = 0; n < nlines; )
2358 {
2359 if (curbuf->b_ml.ml_flags & ML_EMPTY) /* nothing to delete */
2360 break;
2361
2362 ml_delete(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, TRUE);
2363 ++n;
2364
2365 /* If we delete the last line in the file, stop */
2366 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
2367 break;
2368 }
2369 /* adjust marks, mark the buffer as changed and prepare for displaying */
2370 deleted_lines_mark(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, n);
2371
2372 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
2373 check_cursor_lnum();
2374}
2375
2376 int
2377gchar_pos(pos)
2378 pos_T *pos;
2379{
2380 char_u *ptr = ml_get_pos(pos);
2381
2382#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2383 if (has_mbyte)
2384 return (*mb_ptr2char)(ptr);
2385#endif
2386 return (int)*ptr;
2387}
2388
2389 int
2390gchar_cursor()
2391{
2392#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2393 if (has_mbyte)
2394 return (*mb_ptr2char)(ml_get_cursor());
2395#endif
2396 return (int)*ml_get_cursor();
2397}
2398
2399/*
2400 * Write a character at the current cursor position.
2401 * It is directly written into the block.
2402 */
2403 void
2404pchar_cursor(c)
2405 int c;
2406{
2407 *(ml_get_buf(curbuf, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, TRUE)
2408 + curwin->w_cursor.col) = c;
2409}
2410
2411#if 0 /* not used */
2412/*
2413 * Put *pos at end of current buffer
2414 */
2415 void
2416goto_endofbuf(pos)
2417 pos_T *pos;
2418{
2419 char_u *p;
2420
2421 pos->lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
2422 pos->col = 0;
2423 p = ml_get(pos->lnum);
2424 while (*p++)
2425 ++pos->col;
2426}
2427#endif
2428
2429/*
2430 * When extra == 0: Return TRUE if the cursor is before or on the first
2431 * non-blank in the line.
2432 * When extra == 1: Return TRUE if the cursor is before the first non-blank in
2433 * the line.
2434 */
2435 int
2436inindent(extra)
2437 int extra;
2438{
2439 char_u *ptr;
2440 colnr_T col;
2441
2442 for (col = 0, ptr = ml_get_curline(); vim_iswhite(*ptr); ++col)
2443 ++ptr;
2444 if (col >= curwin->w_cursor.col + extra)
2445 return TRUE;
2446 else
2447 return FALSE;
2448}
2449
2450/*
2451 * Skip to next part of an option argument: Skip space and comma.
2452 */
2453 char_u *
2454skip_to_option_part(p)
2455 char_u *p;
2456{
2457 if (*p == ',')
2458 ++p;
2459 while (*p == ' ')
2460 ++p;
2461 return p;
2462}
2463
2464/*
2465 * changed() is called when something in the current buffer is changed.
2466 *
2467 * Most often called through changed_bytes() and changed_lines(), which also
2468 * mark the area of the display to be redrawn.
2469 */
2470 void
2471changed()
2472{
2473#if defined(FEAT_XIM) && defined(FEAT_GUI_GTK)
2474 /* The text of the preediting area is inserted, but this doesn't
2475 * mean a change of the buffer yet. That is delayed until the
2476 * text is committed. (this means preedit becomes empty) */
2477 if (im_is_preediting() && !xim_changed_while_preediting)
2478 return;
2479 xim_changed_while_preediting = FALSE;
2480#endif
2481
2482 if (!curbuf->b_changed)
2483 {
2484 int save_msg_scroll = msg_scroll;
2485
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +00002486 /* Give a warning about changing a read-only file. This may also
2487 * check-out the file, thus change "curbuf"! */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002488 change_warning(0);
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +00002489
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002490 /* Create a swap file if that is wanted.
2491 * Don't do this for "nofile" and "nowrite" buffer types. */
2492 if (curbuf->b_may_swap
2493#ifdef FEAT_QUICKFIX
2494 && !bt_dontwrite(curbuf)
2495#endif
2496 )
2497 {
2498 ml_open_file(curbuf);
2499
2500 /* The ml_open_file() can cause an ATTENTION message.
2501 * Wait two seconds, to make sure the user reads this unexpected
2502 * message. Since we could be anywhere, call wait_return() now,
2503 * and don't let the emsg() set msg_scroll. */
2504 if (need_wait_return && emsg_silent == 0)
2505 {
2506 out_flush();
2507 ui_delay(2000L, TRUE);
2508 wait_return(TRUE);
2509 msg_scroll = save_msg_scroll;
2510 }
2511 }
2512 curbuf->b_changed = TRUE;
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00002513 ml_setflags(curbuf);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002514#ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
2515 check_status(curbuf);
Bram Moolenaar997fb4b2006-02-17 21:53:23 +00002516 redraw_tabline = TRUE;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002517#endif
2518#ifdef FEAT_TITLE
2519 need_maketitle = TRUE; /* set window title later */
2520#endif
2521 }
2522 ++curbuf->b_changedtick;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002523}
2524
Bram Moolenaardba8a912005-04-24 22:08:39 +00002525static void changedOneline __ARGS((buf_T *buf, linenr_T lnum));
2526static void changed_lines_buf __ARGS((buf_T *buf, linenr_T lnum, linenr_T lnume, long xtra));
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002527static void changed_common __ARGS((linenr_T lnum, colnr_T col, linenr_T lnume, long xtra));
2528
2529/*
2530 * Changed bytes within a single line for the current buffer.
2531 * - marks the windows on this buffer to be redisplayed
2532 * - marks the buffer changed by calling changed()
2533 * - invalidates cached values
2534 */
2535 void
2536changed_bytes(lnum, col)
2537 linenr_T lnum;
2538 colnr_T col;
2539{
Bram Moolenaardba8a912005-04-24 22:08:39 +00002540 changedOneline(curbuf, lnum);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002541 changed_common(lnum, col, lnum + 1, 0L);
Bram Moolenaardba8a912005-04-24 22:08:39 +00002542
2543#ifdef FEAT_DIFF
2544 /* Diff highlighting in other diff windows may need to be updated too. */
2545 if (curwin->w_p_diff)
2546 {
2547 win_T *wp;
2548 linenr_T wlnum;
2549
2550 for (wp = firstwin; wp != NULL; wp = wp->w_next)
2551 if (wp->w_p_diff && wp != curwin)
2552 {
2553 redraw_win_later(wp, VALID);
2554 wlnum = diff_lnum_win(lnum, wp);
2555 if (wlnum > 0)
2556 changedOneline(wp->w_buffer, wlnum);
2557 }
2558 }
2559#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002560}
2561
2562 static void
Bram Moolenaardba8a912005-04-24 22:08:39 +00002563changedOneline(buf, lnum)
2564 buf_T *buf;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002565 linenr_T lnum;
2566{
Bram Moolenaardba8a912005-04-24 22:08:39 +00002567 if (buf->b_mod_set)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002568 {
2569 /* find the maximum area that must be redisplayed */
Bram Moolenaardba8a912005-04-24 22:08:39 +00002570 if (lnum < buf->b_mod_top)
2571 buf->b_mod_top = lnum;
2572 else if (lnum >= buf->b_mod_bot)
2573 buf->b_mod_bot = lnum + 1;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002574 }
2575 else
2576 {
2577 /* set the area that must be redisplayed to one line */
Bram Moolenaardba8a912005-04-24 22:08:39 +00002578 buf->b_mod_set = TRUE;
2579 buf->b_mod_top = lnum;
2580 buf->b_mod_bot = lnum + 1;
2581 buf->b_mod_xlines = 0;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002582 }
2583}
2584
2585/*
2586 * Appended "count" lines below line "lnum" in the current buffer.
2587 * Must be called AFTER the change and after mark_adjust().
2588 * Takes care of marking the buffer to be redrawn and sets the changed flag.
2589 */
2590 void
2591appended_lines(lnum, count)
2592 linenr_T lnum;
2593 long count;
2594{
2595 changed_lines(lnum + 1, 0, lnum + 1, count);
2596}
2597
2598/*
2599 * Like appended_lines(), but adjust marks first.
2600 */
2601 void
2602appended_lines_mark(lnum, count)
2603 linenr_T lnum;
2604 long count;
2605{
2606 mark_adjust(lnum + 1, (linenr_T)MAXLNUM, count, 0L);
2607 changed_lines(lnum + 1, 0, lnum + 1, count);
2608}
2609
2610/*
2611 * Deleted "count" lines at line "lnum" in the current buffer.
2612 * Must be called AFTER the change and after mark_adjust().
2613 * Takes care of marking the buffer to be redrawn and sets the changed flag.
2614 */
2615 void
2616deleted_lines(lnum, count)
2617 linenr_T lnum;
2618 long count;
2619{
2620 changed_lines(lnum, 0, lnum + count, -count);
2621}
2622
2623/*
2624 * Like deleted_lines(), but adjust marks first.
2625 */
2626 void
2627deleted_lines_mark(lnum, count)
2628 linenr_T lnum;
2629 long count;
2630{
2631 mark_adjust(lnum, (linenr_T)(lnum + count - 1), (long)MAXLNUM, -count);
2632 changed_lines(lnum, 0, lnum + count, -count);
2633}
2634
2635/*
2636 * Changed lines for the current buffer.
2637 * Must be called AFTER the change and after mark_adjust().
2638 * - mark the buffer changed by calling changed()
2639 * - mark the windows on this buffer to be redisplayed
2640 * - invalidate cached values
2641 * "lnum" is the first line that needs displaying, "lnume" the first line
2642 * below the changed lines (BEFORE the change).
2643 * When only inserting lines, "lnum" and "lnume" are equal.
2644 * Takes care of calling changed() and updating b_mod_*.
2645 */
2646 void
2647changed_lines(lnum, col, lnume, xtra)
2648 linenr_T lnum; /* first line with change */
2649 colnr_T col; /* column in first line with change */
2650 linenr_T lnume; /* line below last changed line */
2651 long xtra; /* number of extra lines (negative when deleting) */
2652{
Bram Moolenaardba8a912005-04-24 22:08:39 +00002653 changed_lines_buf(curbuf, lnum, lnume, xtra);
2654
2655#ifdef FEAT_DIFF
2656 if (xtra == 0 && curwin->w_p_diff)
2657 {
2658 /* When the number of lines doesn't change then mark_adjust() isn't
2659 * called and other diff buffers still need to be marked for
2660 * displaying. */
2661 win_T *wp;
2662 linenr_T wlnum;
2663
2664 for (wp = firstwin; wp != NULL; wp = wp->w_next)
2665 if (wp->w_p_diff && wp != curwin)
2666 {
2667 redraw_win_later(wp, VALID);
2668 wlnum = diff_lnum_win(lnum, wp);
2669 if (wlnum > 0)
2670 changed_lines_buf(wp->w_buffer, wlnum,
2671 lnume - lnum + wlnum, 0L);
2672 }
2673 }
2674#endif
2675
2676 changed_common(lnum, col, lnume, xtra);
2677}
2678
2679 static void
2680changed_lines_buf(buf, lnum, lnume, xtra)
2681 buf_T *buf;
2682 linenr_T lnum; /* first line with change */
2683 linenr_T lnume; /* line below last changed line */
2684 long xtra; /* number of extra lines (negative when deleting) */
2685{
2686 if (buf->b_mod_set)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002687 {
2688 /* find the maximum area that must be redisplayed */
Bram Moolenaardba8a912005-04-24 22:08:39 +00002689 if (lnum < buf->b_mod_top)
2690 buf->b_mod_top = lnum;
2691 if (lnum < buf->b_mod_bot)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002692 {
2693 /* adjust old bot position for xtra lines */
Bram Moolenaardba8a912005-04-24 22:08:39 +00002694 buf->b_mod_bot += xtra;
2695 if (buf->b_mod_bot < lnum)
2696 buf->b_mod_bot = lnum;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002697 }
Bram Moolenaardba8a912005-04-24 22:08:39 +00002698 if (lnume + xtra > buf->b_mod_bot)
2699 buf->b_mod_bot = lnume + xtra;
2700 buf->b_mod_xlines += xtra;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002701 }
2702 else
2703 {
2704 /* set the area that must be redisplayed */
Bram Moolenaardba8a912005-04-24 22:08:39 +00002705 buf->b_mod_set = TRUE;
2706 buf->b_mod_top = lnum;
2707 buf->b_mod_bot = lnume + xtra;
2708 buf->b_mod_xlines = xtra;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002709 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002710}
2711
2712 static void
2713changed_common(lnum, col, lnume, xtra)
2714 linenr_T lnum;
2715 colnr_T col;
2716 linenr_T lnume;
2717 long xtra;
2718{
2719 win_T *wp;
Bram Moolenaarbd1e5d22009-04-29 09:02:44 +00002720#ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
2721 tabpage_T *tp;
2722#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002723 int i;
2724#ifdef FEAT_JUMPLIST
2725 int cols;
2726 pos_T *p;
2727 int add;
2728#endif
2729
2730 /* mark the buffer as modified */
2731 changed();
2732
2733 /* set the '. mark */
2734 if (!cmdmod.keepjumps)
2735 {
2736 curbuf->b_last_change.lnum = lnum;
2737 curbuf->b_last_change.col = col;
2738
2739#ifdef FEAT_JUMPLIST
2740 /* Create a new entry if a new undo-able change was started or we
2741 * don't have an entry yet. */
2742 if (curbuf->b_new_change || curbuf->b_changelistlen == 0)
2743 {
2744 if (curbuf->b_changelistlen == 0)
2745 add = TRUE;
2746 else
2747 {
2748 /* Don't create a new entry when the line number is the same
2749 * as the last one and the column is not too far away. Avoids
2750 * creating many entries for typing "xxxxx". */
2751 p = &curbuf->b_changelist[curbuf->b_changelistlen - 1];
2752 if (p->lnum != lnum)
2753 add = TRUE;
2754 else
2755 {
2756 cols = comp_textwidth(FALSE);
2757 if (cols == 0)
2758 cols = 79;
2759 add = (p->col + cols < col || col + cols < p->col);
2760 }
2761 }
2762 if (add)
2763 {
2764 /* This is the first of a new sequence of undo-able changes
2765 * and it's at some distance of the last change. Use a new
2766 * position in the changelist. */
2767 curbuf->b_new_change = FALSE;
2768
2769 if (curbuf->b_changelistlen == JUMPLISTSIZE)
2770 {
2771 /* changelist is full: remove oldest entry */
2772 curbuf->b_changelistlen = JUMPLISTSIZE - 1;
2773 mch_memmove(curbuf->b_changelist, curbuf->b_changelist + 1,
2774 sizeof(pos_T) * (JUMPLISTSIZE - 1));
Bram Moolenaarbd1e5d22009-04-29 09:02:44 +00002775 FOR_ALL_TAB_WINDOWS(tp, wp)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002776 {
2777 /* Correct position in changelist for other windows on
2778 * this buffer. */
2779 if (wp->w_buffer == curbuf && wp->w_changelistidx > 0)
2780 --wp->w_changelistidx;
2781 }
2782 }
Bram Moolenaarbd1e5d22009-04-29 09:02:44 +00002783 FOR_ALL_TAB_WINDOWS(tp, wp)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002784 {
2785 /* For other windows, if the position in the changelist is
2786 * at the end it stays at the end. */
2787 if (wp->w_buffer == curbuf
2788 && wp->w_changelistidx == curbuf->b_changelistlen)
2789 ++wp->w_changelistidx;
2790 }
2791 ++curbuf->b_changelistlen;
2792 }
2793 }
2794 curbuf->b_changelist[curbuf->b_changelistlen - 1] =
2795 curbuf->b_last_change;
2796 /* The current window is always after the last change, so that "g,"
2797 * takes you back to it. */
2798 curwin->w_changelistidx = curbuf->b_changelistlen;
2799#endif
2800 }
2801
Bram Moolenaarbd1e5d22009-04-29 09:02:44 +00002802 FOR_ALL_TAB_WINDOWS(tp, wp)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002803 {
2804 if (wp->w_buffer == curbuf)
2805 {
2806 /* Mark this window to be redrawn later. */
2807 if (wp->w_redr_type < VALID)
2808 wp->w_redr_type = VALID;
2809
2810 /* Check if a change in the buffer has invalidated the cached
2811 * values for the cursor. */
2812#ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
2813 /*
2814 * Update the folds for this window. Can't postpone this, because
2815 * a following operator might work on the whole fold: ">>dd".
2816 */
2817 foldUpdate(wp, lnum, lnume + xtra - 1);
2818
2819 /* The change may cause lines above or below the change to become
2820 * included in a fold. Set lnum/lnume to the first/last line that
2821 * might be displayed differently.
2822 * Set w_cline_folded here as an efficient way to update it when
2823 * inserting lines just above a closed fold. */
2824 i = hasFoldingWin(wp, lnum, &lnum, NULL, FALSE, NULL);
2825 if (wp->w_cursor.lnum == lnum)
2826 wp->w_cline_folded = i;
2827 i = hasFoldingWin(wp, lnume, NULL, &lnume, FALSE, NULL);
2828 if (wp->w_cursor.lnum == lnume)
2829 wp->w_cline_folded = i;
2830
2831 /* If the changed line is in a range of previously folded lines,
2832 * compare with the first line in that range. */
2833 if (wp->w_cursor.lnum <= lnum)
2834 {
2835 i = find_wl_entry(wp, lnum);
2836 if (i >= 0 && wp->w_cursor.lnum > wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum)
2837 changed_line_abv_curs_win(wp);
2838 }
2839#endif
2840
2841 if (wp->w_cursor.lnum > lnum)
2842 changed_line_abv_curs_win(wp);
2843 else if (wp->w_cursor.lnum == lnum && wp->w_cursor.col >= col)
2844 changed_cline_bef_curs_win(wp);
2845 if (wp->w_botline >= lnum)
2846 {
2847 /* Assume that botline doesn't change (inserted lines make
2848 * other lines scroll down below botline). */
2849 approximate_botline_win(wp);
2850 }
2851
2852 /* Check if any w_lines[] entries have become invalid.
2853 * For entries below the change: Correct the lnums for
2854 * inserted/deleted lines. Makes it possible to stop displaying
2855 * after the change. */
2856 for (i = 0; i < wp->w_lines_valid; ++i)
2857 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid)
2858 {
2859 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum >= lnum)
2860 {
2861 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum < lnume)
2862 {
2863 /* line included in change */
2864 wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid = FALSE;
2865 }
2866 else if (xtra != 0)
2867 {
2868 /* line below change */
2869 wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum += xtra;
2870#ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
2871 wp->w_lines[i].wl_lastlnum += xtra;
2872#endif
2873 }
2874 }
2875#ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
2876 else if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_lastlnum >= lnum)
2877 {
2878 /* change somewhere inside this range of folded lines,
2879 * may need to be redrawn */
2880 wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid = FALSE;
2881 }
2882#endif
2883 }
2884 }
2885 }
2886
2887 /* Call update_screen() later, which checks out what needs to be redrawn,
2888 * since it notices b_mod_set and then uses b_mod_*. */
2889 if (must_redraw < VALID)
2890 must_redraw = VALID;
Bram Moolenaar5e3cb7e2006-02-27 23:58:35 +00002891
2892#ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
2893 /* when the cursor line is changed always trigger CursorMoved */
Bram Moolenaare163f1c2006-10-17 09:12:21 +00002894 if (lnum <= curwin->w_cursor.lnum
2895 && lnume + (xtra < 0 ? -xtra : xtra) > curwin->w_cursor.lnum)
Bram Moolenaar5e3cb7e2006-02-27 23:58:35 +00002896 last_cursormoved.lnum = 0;
2897#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002898}
2899
2900/*
2901 * unchanged() is called when the changed flag must be reset for buffer 'buf'
2902 */
2903 void
2904unchanged(buf, ff)
2905 buf_T *buf;
2906 int ff; /* also reset 'fileformat' */
2907{
2908 if (buf->b_changed || (ff && file_ff_differs(buf)))
2909 {
2910 buf->b_changed = 0;
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00002911 ml_setflags(buf);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002912 if (ff)
2913 save_file_ff(buf);
2914#ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
2915 check_status(buf);
Bram Moolenaar997fb4b2006-02-17 21:53:23 +00002916 redraw_tabline = TRUE;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002917#endif
2918#ifdef FEAT_TITLE
2919 need_maketitle = TRUE; /* set window title later */
2920#endif
2921 }
2922 ++buf->b_changedtick;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002923#ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG
2924 netbeans_unmodified(buf);
2925#endif
2926}
2927
2928#if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) || defined(PROTO)
2929/*
2930 * check_status: called when the status bars for the buffer 'buf'
2931 * need to be updated
2932 */
2933 void
2934check_status(buf)
2935 buf_T *buf;
2936{
2937 win_T *wp;
2938
2939 for (wp = firstwin; wp != NULL; wp = wp->w_next)
2940 if (wp->w_buffer == buf && wp->w_status_height)
2941 {
2942 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE;
2943 if (must_redraw < VALID)
2944 must_redraw = VALID;
2945 }
2946}
2947#endif
2948
2949/*
2950 * If the file is readonly, give a warning message with the first change.
2951 * Don't do this for autocommands.
2952 * Don't use emsg(), because it flushes the macro buffer.
Bram Moolenaard5cdbeb2005-10-10 20:59:28 +00002953 * If we have undone all changes b_changed will be FALSE, but "b_did_warn"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002954 * will be TRUE.
2955 */
2956 void
2957change_warning(col)
2958 int col; /* column for message; non-zero when in insert
2959 mode and 'showmode' is on */
2960{
Bram Moolenaar496c5262009-03-18 14:42:00 +00002961 static char *w_readonly = N_("W10: Warning: Changing a readonly file");
2962
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002963 if (curbuf->b_did_warn == FALSE
2964 && curbufIsChanged() == 0
2965#ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
2966 && !autocmd_busy
2967#endif
2968 && curbuf->b_p_ro)
2969 {
2970#ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +00002971 ++curbuf_lock;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002972 apply_autocmds(EVENT_FILECHANGEDRO, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf);
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +00002973 --curbuf_lock;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002974 if (!curbuf->b_p_ro)
2975 return;
2976#endif
2977 /*
2978 * Do what msg() does, but with a column offset if the warning should
2979 * be after the mode message.
2980 */
2981 msg_start();
2982 if (msg_row == Rows - 1)
2983 msg_col = col;
Bram Moolenaar2df6dcc2004-07-12 15:53:54 +00002984 msg_source(hl_attr(HLF_W));
Bram Moolenaar496c5262009-03-18 14:42:00 +00002985 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(w_readonly), hl_attr(HLF_W) | MSG_HIST);
2986#ifdef FEAT_EVAL
2987 set_vim_var_string(VV_WARNINGMSG, (char_u *)_(w_readonly), -1);
2988#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002989 msg_clr_eos();
2990 (void)msg_end();
2991 if (msg_silent == 0 && !silent_mode)
2992 {
2993 out_flush();
2994 ui_delay(1000L, TRUE); /* give the user time to think about it */
2995 }
2996 curbuf->b_did_warn = TRUE;
2997 redraw_cmdline = FALSE; /* don't redraw and erase the message */
2998 if (msg_row < Rows - 1)
2999 showmode();
3000 }
3001}
3002
3003/*
3004 * Ask for a reply from the user, a 'y' or a 'n'.
3005 * No other characters are accepted, the message is repeated until a valid
3006 * reply is entered or CTRL-C is hit.
3007 * If direct is TRUE, don't use vgetc() but ui_inchar(), don't get characters
3008 * from any buffers but directly from the user.
3009 *
3010 * return the 'y' or 'n'
3011 */
3012 int
3013ask_yesno(str, direct)
3014 char_u *str;
3015 int direct;
3016{
3017 int r = ' ';
3018 int save_State = State;
3019
3020 if (exiting) /* put terminal in raw mode for this question */
3021 settmode(TMODE_RAW);
3022 ++no_wait_return;
3023#ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
3024 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */
3025#endif
3026 State = CONFIRM; /* mouse behaves like with :confirm */
3027#ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
3028 setmouse(); /* disables mouse for xterm */
3029#endif
3030 ++no_mapping;
3031 ++allow_keys; /* no mapping here, but recognize keys */
3032
3033 while (r != 'y' && r != 'n')
3034 {
3035 /* same highlighting as for wait_return */
3036 smsg_attr(hl_attr(HLF_R), (char_u *)"%s (y/n)?", str);
3037 if (direct)
3038 r = get_keystroke();
3039 else
Bram Moolenaar913626c2008-01-03 11:43:42 +00003040 r = plain_vgetc();
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003041 if (r == Ctrl_C || r == ESC)
3042 r = 'n';
3043 msg_putchar(r); /* show what you typed */
3044 out_flush();
3045 }
3046 --no_wait_return;
3047 State = save_State;
3048#ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
3049 setmouse();
3050#endif
3051 --no_mapping;
3052 --allow_keys;
3053
3054 return r;
3055}
3056
3057/*
3058 * Get a key stroke directly from the user.
3059 * Ignores mouse clicks and scrollbar events, except a click for the left
3060 * button (used at the more prompt).
3061 * Doesn't use vgetc(), because it syncs undo and eats mapped characters.
3062 * Disadvantage: typeahead is ignored.
3063 * Translates the interrupt character for unix to ESC.
3064 */
3065 int
3066get_keystroke()
3067{
3068#define CBUFLEN 151
3069 char_u buf[CBUFLEN];
3070 int len = 0;
3071 int n;
3072 int save_mapped_ctrl_c = mapped_ctrl_c;
Bram Moolenaar4395a712006-09-05 18:57:57 +00003073 int waited = 0;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003074
3075 mapped_ctrl_c = FALSE; /* mappings are not used here */
3076 for (;;)
3077 {
3078 cursor_on();
3079 out_flush();
3080
3081 /* First time: blocking wait. Second time: wait up to 100ms for a
3082 * terminal code to complete. Leave some room for check_termcode() to
3083 * insert a key code into (max 5 chars plus NUL). And
3084 * fix_input_buffer() can triple the number of bytes. */
3085 n = ui_inchar(buf + len, (CBUFLEN - 6 - len) / 3,
3086 len == 0 ? -1L : 100L, 0);
3087 if (n > 0)
3088 {
3089 /* Replace zero and CSI by a special key code. */
3090 n = fix_input_buffer(buf + len, n, FALSE);
3091 len += n;
Bram Moolenaar4395a712006-09-05 18:57:57 +00003092 waited = 0;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003093 }
Bram Moolenaar4395a712006-09-05 18:57:57 +00003094 else if (len > 0)
3095 ++waited; /* keep track of the waiting time */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003096
Bram Moolenaar4395a712006-09-05 18:57:57 +00003097 /* Incomplete termcode and not timed out yet: get more characters */
3098 if ((n = check_termcode(1, buf, len)) < 0
3099 && (!p_ttimeout || waited * 100L < (p_ttm < 0 ? p_tm : p_ttm)))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003100 continue;
Bram Moolenaar4395a712006-09-05 18:57:57 +00003101
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003102 /* found a termcode: adjust length */
3103 if (n > 0)
3104 len = n;
3105 if (len == 0) /* nothing typed yet */
3106 continue;
3107
3108 /* Handle modifier and/or special key code. */
3109 n = buf[0];
3110 if (n == K_SPECIAL)
3111 {
3112 n = TO_SPECIAL(buf[1], buf[2]);
3113 if (buf[1] == KS_MODIFIER
3114 || n == K_IGNORE
3115#ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
3116 || n == K_LEFTMOUSE_NM
3117 || n == K_LEFTDRAG
3118 || n == K_LEFTRELEASE
3119 || n == K_LEFTRELEASE_NM
3120 || n == K_MIDDLEMOUSE
3121 || n == K_MIDDLEDRAG
3122 || n == K_MIDDLERELEASE
3123 || n == K_RIGHTMOUSE
3124 || n == K_RIGHTDRAG
3125 || n == K_RIGHTRELEASE
3126 || n == K_MOUSEDOWN
3127 || n == K_MOUSEUP
3128 || n == K_X1MOUSE
3129 || n == K_X1DRAG
3130 || n == K_X1RELEASE
3131 || n == K_X2MOUSE
3132 || n == K_X2DRAG
3133 || n == K_X2RELEASE
3134# ifdef FEAT_GUI
3135 || n == K_VER_SCROLLBAR
3136 || n == K_HOR_SCROLLBAR
3137# endif
3138#endif
3139 )
3140 {
3141 if (buf[1] == KS_MODIFIER)
3142 mod_mask = buf[2];
3143 len -= 3;
3144 if (len > 0)
3145 mch_memmove(buf, buf + 3, (size_t)len);
3146 continue;
3147 }
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00003148 break;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003149 }
3150#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
3151 if (has_mbyte)
3152 {
3153 if (MB_BYTE2LEN(n) > len)
3154 continue; /* more bytes to get */
3155 buf[len >= CBUFLEN ? CBUFLEN - 1 : len] = NUL;
3156 n = (*mb_ptr2char)(buf);
3157 }
3158#endif
3159#ifdef UNIX
3160 if (n == intr_char)
3161 n = ESC;
3162#endif
3163 break;
3164 }
3165
3166 mapped_ctrl_c = save_mapped_ctrl_c;
3167 return n;
3168}
3169
3170/*
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003171 * Get a number from the user.
3172 * When "mouse_used" is not NULL allow using the mouse.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003173 */
3174 int
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003175get_number(colon, mouse_used)
3176 int colon; /* allow colon to abort */
3177 int *mouse_used;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003178{
3179 int n = 0;
3180 int c;
Bram Moolenaar3991dab2006-03-27 17:01:56 +00003181 int typed = 0;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003182
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003183 if (mouse_used != NULL)
3184 *mouse_used = FALSE;
3185
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003186 /* When not printing messages, the user won't know what to type, return a
3187 * zero (as if CR was hit). */
3188 if (msg_silent != 0)
3189 return 0;
3190
3191#ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
3192 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */
3193#endif
3194 ++no_mapping;
3195 ++allow_keys; /* no mapping here, but recognize keys */
3196 for (;;)
3197 {
3198 windgoto(msg_row, msg_col);
3199 c = safe_vgetc();
3200 if (VIM_ISDIGIT(c))
3201 {
3202 n = n * 10 + c - '0';
3203 msg_putchar(c);
Bram Moolenaar3991dab2006-03-27 17:01:56 +00003204 ++typed;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003205 }
3206 else if (c == K_DEL || c == K_KDEL || c == K_BS || c == Ctrl_H)
3207 {
Bram Moolenaar3991dab2006-03-27 17:01:56 +00003208 if (typed > 0)
3209 {
3210 MSG_PUTS("\b \b");
3211 --typed;
3212 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003213 n /= 10;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003214 }
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003215#ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
3216 else if (mouse_used != NULL && c == K_LEFTMOUSE)
3217 {
3218 *mouse_used = TRUE;
3219 n = mouse_row + 1;
3220 break;
3221 }
3222#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003223 else if (n == 0 && c == ':' && colon)
3224 {
3225 stuffcharReadbuff(':');
3226 if (!exmode_active)
3227 cmdline_row = msg_row;
3228 skip_redraw = TRUE; /* skip redraw once */
3229 do_redraw = FALSE;
3230 break;
3231 }
3232 else if (c == CAR || c == NL || c == Ctrl_C || c == ESC)
3233 break;
3234 }
3235 --no_mapping;
3236 --allow_keys;
3237 return n;
3238}
3239
Bram Moolenaar9ba0eb82005-06-13 22:28:56 +00003240/*
3241 * Ask the user to enter a number.
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003242 * When "mouse_used" is not NULL allow using the mouse and in that case return
3243 * the line number.
Bram Moolenaar9ba0eb82005-06-13 22:28:56 +00003244 */
3245 int
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003246prompt_for_number(mouse_used)
3247 int *mouse_used;
Bram Moolenaar9ba0eb82005-06-13 22:28:56 +00003248{
3249 int i;
Bram Moolenaard857f0e2005-06-21 22:37:39 +00003250 int save_cmdline_row;
3251 int save_State;
Bram Moolenaar9ba0eb82005-06-13 22:28:56 +00003252
3253 /* When using ":silent" assume that <CR> was entered. */
Bram Moolenaar42eeac32005-06-29 22:40:58 +00003254 if (mouse_used != NULL)
Bram Moolenaard812df62008-11-09 12:46:09 +00003255 MSG_PUTS(_("Type number and <Enter> or click with mouse (empty cancels): "));
Bram Moolenaar42eeac32005-06-29 22:40:58 +00003256 else
Bram Moolenaard812df62008-11-09 12:46:09 +00003257 MSG_PUTS(_("Type number and <Enter> (empty cancels): "));
Bram Moolenaard857f0e2005-06-21 22:37:39 +00003258
Bram Moolenaar203335e2006-09-03 14:35:42 +00003259 /* Set the state such that text can be selected/copied/pasted and we still
3260 * get mouse events. */
Bram Moolenaard857f0e2005-06-21 22:37:39 +00003261 save_cmdline_row = cmdline_row;
Bram Moolenaar203335e2006-09-03 14:35:42 +00003262 cmdline_row = 0;
Bram Moolenaard857f0e2005-06-21 22:37:39 +00003263 save_State = State;
Bram Moolenaar203335e2006-09-03 14:35:42 +00003264 State = CMDLINE;
Bram Moolenaard857f0e2005-06-21 22:37:39 +00003265
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003266 i = get_number(TRUE, mouse_used);
3267 if (KeyTyped)
Bram Moolenaar9ba0eb82005-06-13 22:28:56 +00003268 {
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003269 /* don't call wait_return() now */
3270 /* msg_putchar('\n'); */
Bram Moolenaar9ba0eb82005-06-13 22:28:56 +00003271 cmdline_row = msg_row - 1;
3272 need_wait_return = FALSE;
3273 msg_didany = FALSE;
3274 }
Bram Moolenaard857f0e2005-06-21 22:37:39 +00003275 else
3276 cmdline_row = save_cmdline_row;
3277 State = save_State;
3278
Bram Moolenaar9ba0eb82005-06-13 22:28:56 +00003279 return i;
3280}
3281
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003282 void
3283msgmore(n)
3284 long n;
3285{
3286 long pn;
3287
3288 if (global_busy /* no messages now, wait until global is finished */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003289 || !messaging()) /* 'lazyredraw' set, don't do messages now */
3290 return;
3291
Bram Moolenaar7df2d662005-01-25 22:18:08 +00003292 /* We don't want to overwrite another important message, but do overwrite
3293 * a previous "more lines" or "fewer lines" message, so that "5dd" and
3294 * then "put" reports the last action. */
3295 if (keep_msg != NULL && !keep_msg_more)
3296 return;
3297
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003298 if (n > 0)
3299 pn = n;
3300 else
3301 pn = -n;
3302
3303 if (pn > p_report)
3304 {
3305 if (pn == 1)
3306 {
3307 if (n > 0)
3308 STRCPY(msg_buf, _("1 more line"));
3309 else
3310 STRCPY(msg_buf, _("1 line less"));
3311 }
3312 else
3313 {
3314 if (n > 0)
3315 sprintf((char *)msg_buf, _("%ld more lines"), pn);
3316 else
3317 sprintf((char *)msg_buf, _("%ld fewer lines"), pn);
3318 }
3319 if (got_int)
3320 STRCAT(msg_buf, _(" (Interrupted)"));
3321 if (msg(msg_buf))
3322 {
Bram Moolenaar238a5642006-02-21 22:12:05 +00003323 set_keep_msg(msg_buf, 0);
Bram Moolenaar7df2d662005-01-25 22:18:08 +00003324 keep_msg_more = TRUE;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003325 }
3326 }
3327}
3328
3329/*
3330 * flush map and typeahead buffers and give a warning for an error
3331 */
3332 void
3333beep_flush()
3334{
3335 if (emsg_silent == 0)
3336 {
3337 flush_buffers(FALSE);
3338 vim_beep();
3339 }
3340}
3341
3342/*
3343 * give a warning for an error
3344 */
3345 void
3346vim_beep()
3347{
3348 if (emsg_silent == 0)
3349 {
3350 if (p_vb
3351#ifdef FEAT_GUI
3352 /* While the GUI is starting up the termcap is set for the GUI
3353 * but the output still goes to a terminal. */
3354 && !(gui.in_use && gui.starting)
3355#endif
3356 )
3357 {
3358 out_str(T_VB);
3359 }
3360 else
3361 {
3362#ifdef MSDOS
3363 /*
3364 * The number of beeps outputted is reduced to avoid having to wait
3365 * for all the beeps to finish. This is only a problem on systems
3366 * where the beeps don't overlap.
3367 */
3368 if (beep_count == 0 || beep_count == 10)
3369 {
3370 out_char(BELL);
3371 beep_count = 1;
3372 }
3373 else
3374 ++beep_count;
3375#else
3376 out_char(BELL);
3377#endif
3378 }
Bram Moolenaar5313dcb2005-02-22 08:56:13 +00003379
3380 /* When 'verbose' is set and we are sourcing a script or executing a
3381 * function give the user a hint where the beep comes from. */
3382 if (vim_strchr(p_debug, 'e') != NULL)
3383 {
3384 msg_source(hl_attr(HLF_W));
3385 msg_attr((char_u *)_("Beep!"), hl_attr(HLF_W));
3386 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003387 }
3388}
3389
3390/*
3391 * To get the "real" home directory:
3392 * - get value of $HOME
3393 * For Unix:
3394 * - go to that directory
3395 * - do mch_dirname() to get the real name of that directory.
3396 * This also works with mounts and links.
3397 * Don't do this for MS-DOS, it will change the "current dir" for a drive.
3398 */
3399static char_u *homedir = NULL;
3400
3401 void
3402init_homedir()
3403{
3404 char_u *var;
3405
Bram Moolenaar05159a02005-02-26 23:04:13 +00003406 /* In case we are called a second time (when 'encoding' changes). */
3407 vim_free(homedir);
3408 homedir = NULL;
3409
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003410#ifdef VMS
3411 var = mch_getenv((char_u *)"SYS$LOGIN");
3412#else
3413 var = mch_getenv((char_u *)"HOME");
3414#endif
3415
3416 if (var != NULL && *var == NUL) /* empty is same as not set */
3417 var = NULL;
3418
3419#ifdef WIN3264
3420 /*
3421 * Weird but true: $HOME may contain an indirect reference to another
3422 * variable, esp. "%USERPROFILE%". Happens when $USERPROFILE isn't set
3423 * when $HOME is being set.
3424 */
3425 if (var != NULL && *var == '%')
3426 {
3427 char_u *p;
3428 char_u *exp;
3429
3430 p = vim_strchr(var + 1, '%');
3431 if (p != NULL)
3432 {
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +00003433 vim_strncpy(NameBuff, var + 1, p - (var + 1));
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003434 exp = mch_getenv(NameBuff);
3435 if (exp != NULL && *exp != NUL
3436 && STRLEN(exp) + STRLEN(p) < MAXPATHL)
3437 {
Bram Moolenaar555b2802005-05-19 21:08:39 +00003438 vim_snprintf((char *)NameBuff, MAXPATHL, "%s%s", exp, p + 1);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003439 var = NameBuff;
3440 /* Also set $HOME, it's needed for _viminfo. */
3441 vim_setenv((char_u *)"HOME", NameBuff);
3442 }
3443 }
3444 }
3445
3446 /*
3447 * Typically, $HOME is not defined on Windows, unless the user has
3448 * specifically defined it for Vim's sake. However, on Windows NT
3449 * platforms, $HOMEDRIVE and $HOMEPATH are automatically defined for
3450 * each user. Try constructing $HOME from these.
3451 */
3452 if (var == NULL)
3453 {
3454 char_u *homedrive, *homepath;
3455
3456 homedrive = mch_getenv((char_u *)"HOMEDRIVE");
3457 homepath = mch_getenv((char_u *)"HOMEPATH");
3458 if (homedrive != NULL && homepath != NULL
3459 && STRLEN(homedrive) + STRLEN(homepath) < MAXPATHL)
3460 {
3461 sprintf((char *)NameBuff, "%s%s", homedrive, homepath);
3462 if (NameBuff[0] != NUL)
3463 {
3464 var = NameBuff;
3465 /* Also set $HOME, it's needed for _viminfo. */
3466 vim_setenv((char_u *)"HOME", NameBuff);
3467 }
3468 }
3469 }
Bram Moolenaar05159a02005-02-26 23:04:13 +00003470
3471# if defined(FEAT_MBYTE)
3472 if (enc_utf8 && var != NULL)
3473 {
3474 int len;
3475 char_u *pp;
3476
3477 /* Convert from active codepage to UTF-8. Other conversions are
3478 * not done, because they would fail for non-ASCII characters. */
Bram Moolenaara93fa7e2006-04-17 22:14:47 +00003479 acp_to_enc(var, (int)STRLEN(var), &pp, &len);
Bram Moolenaar05159a02005-02-26 23:04:13 +00003480 if (pp != NULL)
3481 {
3482 homedir = pp;
3483 return;
3484 }
3485 }
3486# endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003487#endif
3488
3489#if defined(OS2) || defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN)
3490 /*
3491 * Default home dir is C:/
3492 * Best assumption we can make in such a situation.
3493 */
3494 if (var == NULL)
3495 var = "C:/";
3496#endif
3497 if (var != NULL)
3498 {
3499#ifdef UNIX
3500 /*
3501 * Change to the directory and get the actual path. This resolves
3502 * links. Don't do it when we can't return.
3503 */
3504 if (mch_dirname(NameBuff, MAXPATHL) == OK
3505 && mch_chdir((char *)NameBuff) == 0)
3506 {
3507 if (!mch_chdir((char *)var) && mch_dirname(IObuff, IOSIZE) == OK)
3508 var = IObuff;
3509 if (mch_chdir((char *)NameBuff) != 0)
3510 EMSG(_(e_prev_dir));
3511 }
3512#endif
3513 homedir = vim_strsave(var);
3514 }
3515}
3516
Bram Moolenaarf461c8e2005-06-25 23:04:51 +00003517#if defined(EXITFREE) || defined(PROTO)
3518 void
3519free_homedir()
3520{
3521 vim_free(homedir);
3522}
3523#endif
3524
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003525/*
Bram Moolenaar9f0545d2007-09-26 20:36:32 +00003526 * Call expand_env() and store the result in an allocated string.
3527 * This is not very memory efficient, this expects the result to be freed
3528 * again soon.
3529 */
3530 char_u *
3531expand_env_save(src)
3532 char_u *src;
3533{
3534 return expand_env_save_opt(src, FALSE);
3535}
3536
3537/*
3538 * Idem, but when "one" is TRUE handle the string as one file name, only
3539 * expand "~" at the start.
3540 */
3541 char_u *
3542expand_env_save_opt(src, one)
3543 char_u *src;
3544 int one;
3545{
3546 char_u *p;
3547
3548 p = alloc(MAXPATHL);
3549 if (p != NULL)
3550 expand_env_esc(src, p, MAXPATHL, FALSE, one, NULL);
3551 return p;
3552}
3553
3554/*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003555 * Expand environment variable with path name.
3556 * "~/" is also expanded, using $HOME. For Unix "~user/" is expanded.
Bram Moolenaar9f0545d2007-09-26 20:36:32 +00003557 * Skips over "\ ", "\~" and "\$" (not for Win32 though).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003558 * If anything fails no expansion is done and dst equals src.
3559 */
3560 void
3561expand_env(src, dst, dstlen)
3562 char_u *src; /* input string e.g. "$HOME/vim.hlp" */
3563 char_u *dst; /* where to put the result */
3564 int dstlen; /* maximum length of the result */
3565{
Bram Moolenaar9f0545d2007-09-26 20:36:32 +00003566 expand_env_esc(src, dst, dstlen, FALSE, FALSE, NULL);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003567}
3568
3569 void
Bram Moolenaar9f0545d2007-09-26 20:36:32 +00003570expand_env_esc(srcp, dst, dstlen, esc, one, startstr)
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003571 char_u *srcp; /* input string e.g. "$HOME/vim.hlp" */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003572 char_u *dst; /* where to put the result */
3573 int dstlen; /* maximum length of the result */
3574 int esc; /* escape spaces in expanded variables */
Bram Moolenaar9f0545d2007-09-26 20:36:32 +00003575 int one; /* "srcp" is one file name */
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003576 char_u *startstr; /* start again after this (can be NULL) */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003577{
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003578 char_u *src;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003579 char_u *tail;
3580 int c;
3581 char_u *var;
3582 int copy_char;
3583 int mustfree; /* var was allocated, need to free it later */
3584 int at_start = TRUE; /* at start of a name */
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003585 int startstr_len = 0;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003586
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003587 if (startstr != NULL)
Bram Moolenaara93fa7e2006-04-17 22:14:47 +00003588 startstr_len = (int)STRLEN(startstr);
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003589
3590 src = skipwhite(srcp);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003591 --dstlen; /* leave one char space for "\," */
3592 while (*src && dstlen > 0)
3593 {
3594 copy_char = TRUE;
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00003595 if ((*src == '$'
3596#ifdef VMS
3597 && at_start
3598#endif
3599 )
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003600#if defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN) || defined(OS2)
3601 || *src == '%'
3602#endif
3603 || (*src == '~' && at_start))
3604 {
3605 mustfree = FALSE;
3606
3607 /*
3608 * The variable name is copied into dst temporarily, because it may
3609 * be a string in read-only memory and a NUL needs to be appended.
3610 */
3611 if (*src != '~') /* environment var */
3612 {
3613 tail = src + 1;
3614 var = dst;
3615 c = dstlen - 1;
3616
3617#ifdef UNIX
3618 /* Unix has ${var-name} type environment vars */
3619 if (*tail == '{' && !vim_isIDc('{'))
3620 {
3621 tail++; /* ignore '{' */
3622 while (c-- > 0 && *tail && *tail != '}')
3623 *var++ = *tail++;
3624 }
3625 else
3626#endif
3627 {
3628 while (c-- > 0 && *tail != NUL && ((vim_isIDc(*tail))
3629#if defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN) || defined(OS2)
3630 || (*src == '%' && *tail != '%')
3631#endif
3632 ))
3633 {
3634#ifdef OS2 /* env vars only in uppercase */
3635 *var++ = TOUPPER_LOC(*tail);
3636 tail++; /* toupper() may be a macro! */
3637#else
3638 *var++ = *tail++;
3639#endif
3640 }
3641 }
3642
3643#if defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN) || defined(OS2) || defined(UNIX)
3644# ifdef UNIX
3645 if (src[1] == '{' && *tail != '}')
3646# else
3647 if (*src == '%' && *tail != '%')
3648# endif
3649 var = NULL;
3650 else
3651 {
3652# ifdef UNIX
3653 if (src[1] == '{')
3654# else
3655 if (*src == '%')
3656#endif
3657 ++tail;
3658#endif
3659 *var = NUL;
3660 var = vim_getenv(dst, &mustfree);
3661#if defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN) || defined(OS2) || defined(UNIX)
3662 }
3663#endif
3664 }
3665 /* home directory */
3666 else if ( src[1] == NUL
3667 || vim_ispathsep(src[1])
3668 || vim_strchr((char_u *)" ,\t\n", src[1]) != NULL)
3669 {
3670 var = homedir;
3671 tail = src + 1;
3672 }
3673 else /* user directory */
3674 {
3675#if defined(UNIX) || (defined(VMS) && defined(USER_HOME))
3676 /*
3677 * Copy ~user to dst[], so we can put a NUL after it.
3678 */
3679 tail = src;
3680 var = dst;
3681 c = dstlen - 1;
3682 while ( c-- > 0
3683 && *tail
3684 && vim_isfilec(*tail)
3685 && !vim_ispathsep(*tail))
3686 *var++ = *tail++;
3687 *var = NUL;
3688# ifdef UNIX
3689 /*
3690 * If the system supports getpwnam(), use it.
3691 * Otherwise, or if getpwnam() fails, the shell is used to
3692 * expand ~user. This is slower and may fail if the shell
3693 * does not support ~user (old versions of /bin/sh).
3694 */
3695# if defined(HAVE_GETPWNAM) && defined(HAVE_PWD_H)
3696 {
3697 struct passwd *pw;
3698
Bram Moolenaara40ceaf2006-01-13 22:35:40 +00003699 /* Note: memory allocated by getpwnam() is never freed.
3700 * Calling endpwent() apparently doesn't help. */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003701 pw = getpwnam((char *)dst + 1);
3702 if (pw != NULL)
3703 var = (char_u *)pw->pw_dir;
3704 else
3705 var = NULL;
3706 }
3707 if (var == NULL)
3708# endif
3709 {
3710 expand_T xpc;
3711
3712 ExpandInit(&xpc);
3713 xpc.xp_context = EXPAND_FILES;
3714 var = ExpandOne(&xpc, dst, NULL,
3715 WILD_ADD_SLASH|WILD_SILENT, WILD_EXPAND_FREE);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003716 mustfree = TRUE;
3717 }
3718
3719# else /* !UNIX, thus VMS */
3720 /*
3721 * USER_HOME is a comma-separated list of
3722 * directories to search for the user account in.
3723 */
3724 {
3725 char_u test[MAXPATHL], paths[MAXPATHL];
3726 char_u *path, *next_path, *ptr;
3727 struct stat st;
3728
3729 STRCPY(paths, USER_HOME);
3730 next_path = paths;
3731 while (*next_path)
3732 {
3733 for (path = next_path; *next_path && *next_path != ',';
3734 next_path++);
3735 if (*next_path)
3736 *next_path++ = NUL;
3737 STRCPY(test, path);
3738 STRCAT(test, "/");
3739 STRCAT(test, dst + 1);
3740 if (mch_stat(test, &st) == 0)
3741 {
3742 var = alloc(STRLEN(test) + 1);
3743 STRCPY(var, test);
3744 mustfree = TRUE;
3745 break;
3746 }
3747 }
3748 }
3749# endif /* UNIX */
3750#else
3751 /* cannot expand user's home directory, so don't try */
3752 var = NULL;
3753 tail = (char_u *)""; /* for gcc */
3754#endif /* UNIX || VMS */
3755 }
3756
3757#ifdef BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME
3758 /* If 'shellslash' is set change backslashes to forward slashes.
3759 * Can't use slash_adjust(), p_ssl may be set temporarily. */
3760 if (p_ssl && var != NULL && vim_strchr(var, '\\') != NULL)
3761 {
3762 char_u *p = vim_strsave(var);
3763
3764 if (p != NULL)
3765 {
3766 if (mustfree)
3767 vim_free(var);
3768 var = p;
3769 mustfree = TRUE;
3770 forward_slash(var);
3771 }
3772 }
3773#endif
3774
3775 /* If "var" contains white space, escape it with a backslash.
3776 * Required for ":e ~/tt" when $HOME includes a space. */
3777 if (esc && var != NULL && vim_strpbrk(var, (char_u *)" \t") != NULL)
3778 {
3779 char_u *p = vim_strsave_escaped(var, (char_u *)" \t");
3780
3781 if (p != NULL)
3782 {
3783 if (mustfree)
3784 vim_free(var);
3785 var = p;
3786 mustfree = TRUE;
3787 }
3788 }
3789
3790 if (var != NULL && *var != NUL
3791 && (STRLEN(var) + STRLEN(tail) + 1 < (unsigned)dstlen))
3792 {
3793 STRCPY(dst, var);
3794 dstlen -= (int)STRLEN(var);
Bram Moolenaara93fa7e2006-04-17 22:14:47 +00003795 c = (int)STRLEN(var);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003796 /* if var[] ends in a path separator and tail[] starts
3797 * with it, skip a character */
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00003798 if (*var != NUL && after_pathsep(dst, dst + c)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003799#if defined(BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME) || defined(AMIGA)
3800 && dst[-1] != ':'
3801#endif
3802 && vim_ispathsep(*tail))
3803 ++tail;
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00003804 dst += c;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003805 src = tail;
3806 copy_char = FALSE;
3807 }
3808 if (mustfree)
3809 vim_free(var);
3810 }
3811
3812 if (copy_char) /* copy at least one char */
3813 {
3814 /*
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00003815 * Recognize the start of a new name, for '~'.
Bram Moolenaar9f0545d2007-09-26 20:36:32 +00003816 * Don't do this when "one" is TRUE, to avoid expanding "~" in
3817 * ":edit foo ~ foo".
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003818 */
3819 at_start = FALSE;
3820 if (src[0] == '\\' && src[1] != NUL)
3821 {
3822 *dst++ = *src++;
3823 --dstlen;
3824 }
Bram Moolenaar9f0545d2007-09-26 20:36:32 +00003825 else if ((src[0] == ' ' || src[0] == ',') && !one)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003826 at_start = TRUE;
3827 *dst++ = *src++;
3828 --dstlen;
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003829
3830 if (startstr != NULL && src - startstr_len >= srcp
3831 && STRNCMP(src - startstr_len, startstr, startstr_len) == 0)
3832 at_start = TRUE;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003833 }
3834 }
3835 *dst = NUL;
3836}
3837
3838/*
3839 * Vim's version of getenv().
3840 * Special handling of $HOME, $VIM and $VIMRUNTIME.
Bram Moolenaar2f6b0b82005-03-08 22:43:10 +00003841 * Also does ACP to 'enc' conversion for Win32.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003842 */
3843 char_u *
3844vim_getenv(name, mustfree)
3845 char_u *name;
3846 int *mustfree; /* set to TRUE when returned is allocated */
3847{
3848 char_u *p;
3849 char_u *pend;
3850 int vimruntime;
3851
3852#if defined(OS2) || defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN)
3853 /* use "C:/" when $HOME is not set */
3854 if (STRCMP(name, "HOME") == 0)
3855 return homedir;
3856#endif
3857
3858 p = mch_getenv(name);
3859 if (p != NULL && *p == NUL) /* empty is the same as not set */
3860 p = NULL;
3861
3862 if (p != NULL)
Bram Moolenaar05159a02005-02-26 23:04:13 +00003863 {
3864#if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) && defined(WIN3264)
3865 if (enc_utf8)
3866 {
3867 int len;
3868 char_u *pp;
3869
3870 /* Convert from active codepage to UTF-8. Other conversions are
3871 * not done, because they would fail for non-ASCII characters. */
Bram Moolenaara93fa7e2006-04-17 22:14:47 +00003872 acp_to_enc(p, (int)STRLEN(p), &pp, &len);
Bram Moolenaar05159a02005-02-26 23:04:13 +00003873 if (pp != NULL)
3874 {
3875 p = pp;
3876 *mustfree = TRUE;
3877 }
3878 }
3879#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003880 return p;
Bram Moolenaar05159a02005-02-26 23:04:13 +00003881 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003882
3883 vimruntime = (STRCMP(name, "VIMRUNTIME") == 0);
3884 if (!vimruntime && STRCMP(name, "VIM") != 0)
3885 return NULL;
3886
3887 /*
3888 * When expanding $VIMRUNTIME fails, try using $VIM/vim<version> or $VIM.
3889 * Don't do this when default_vimruntime_dir is non-empty.
3890 */
3891 if (vimruntime
3892#ifdef HAVE_PATHDEF
3893 && *default_vimruntime_dir == NUL
3894#endif
3895 )
3896 {
3897 p = mch_getenv((char_u *)"VIM");
3898 if (p != NULL && *p == NUL) /* empty is the same as not set */
3899 p = NULL;
3900 if (p != NULL)
3901 {
3902 p = vim_version_dir(p);
3903 if (p != NULL)
3904 *mustfree = TRUE;
3905 else
3906 p = mch_getenv((char_u *)"VIM");
Bram Moolenaar05159a02005-02-26 23:04:13 +00003907
3908#if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) && defined(WIN3264)
3909 if (enc_utf8)
3910 {
3911 int len;
3912 char_u *pp;
3913
3914 /* Convert from active codepage to UTF-8. Other conversions
3915 * are not done, because they would fail for non-ASCII
3916 * characters. */
Bram Moolenaara93fa7e2006-04-17 22:14:47 +00003917 acp_to_enc(p, (int)STRLEN(p), &pp, &len);
Bram Moolenaar05159a02005-02-26 23:04:13 +00003918 if (pp != NULL)
3919 {
3920 if (mustfree)
3921 vim_free(p);
3922 p = pp;
3923 *mustfree = TRUE;
3924 }
3925 }
3926#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003927 }
3928 }
3929
3930 /*
3931 * When expanding $VIM or $VIMRUNTIME fails, try using:
3932 * - the directory name from 'helpfile' (unless it contains '$')
3933 * - the executable name from argv[0]
3934 */
3935 if (p == NULL)
3936 {
3937 if (p_hf != NULL && vim_strchr(p_hf, '$') == NULL)
3938 p = p_hf;
3939#ifdef USE_EXE_NAME
3940 /*
3941 * Use the name of the executable, obtained from argv[0].
3942 */
3943 else
3944 p = exe_name;
3945#endif
3946 if (p != NULL)
3947 {
3948 /* remove the file name */
3949 pend = gettail(p);
3950
3951 /* remove "doc/" from 'helpfile', if present */
3952 if (p == p_hf)
3953 pend = remove_tail(p, pend, (char_u *)"doc");
3954
3955#ifdef USE_EXE_NAME
3956# ifdef MACOS_X
Bram Moolenaar95e9b492006-03-15 23:04:43 +00003957 /* remove "MacOS" from exe_name and add "Resources/vim" */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003958 if (p == exe_name)
3959 {
3960 char_u *pend1;
Bram Moolenaar95e9b492006-03-15 23:04:43 +00003961 char_u *pnew;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003962
Bram Moolenaar95e9b492006-03-15 23:04:43 +00003963 pend1 = remove_tail(p, pend, (char_u *)"MacOS");
3964 if (pend1 != pend)
3965 {
3966 pnew = alloc((unsigned)(pend1 - p) + 15);
3967 if (pnew != NULL)
3968 {
3969 STRNCPY(pnew, p, (pend1 - p));
3970 STRCPY(pnew + (pend1 - p), "Resources/vim");
3971 p = pnew;
3972 pend = p + STRLEN(p);
3973 }
3974 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003975 }
3976# endif
3977 /* remove "src/" from exe_name, if present */
3978 if (p == exe_name)
3979 pend = remove_tail(p, pend, (char_u *)"src");
3980#endif
3981
3982 /* for $VIM, remove "runtime/" or "vim54/", if present */
3983 if (!vimruntime)
3984 {
3985 pend = remove_tail(p, pend, (char_u *)RUNTIME_DIRNAME);
3986 pend = remove_tail(p, pend, (char_u *)VIM_VERSION_NODOT);
3987 }
3988
3989 /* remove trailing path separator */
3990#ifndef MACOS_CLASSIC
3991 /* With MacOS path (with colons) the final colon is required */
Bram Moolenaare21877a2008-02-13 09:58:14 +00003992 /* to avoid confusion between absolute and relative path */
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00003993 if (pend > p && after_pathsep(p, pend))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003994 --pend;
3995#endif
3996
Bram Moolenaar95e9b492006-03-15 23:04:43 +00003997#ifdef MACOS_X
3998 if (p == exe_name || p == p_hf)
3999#endif
4000 /* check that the result is a directory name */
4001 p = vim_strnsave(p, (int)(pend - p));
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004002
4003 if (p != NULL && !mch_isdir(p))
4004 {
4005 vim_free(p);
4006 p = NULL;
4007 }
4008 else
4009 {
4010#ifdef USE_EXE_NAME
4011 /* may add "/vim54" or "/runtime" if it exists */
4012 if (vimruntime && (pend = vim_version_dir(p)) != NULL)
4013 {
4014 vim_free(p);
4015 p = pend;
4016 }
4017#endif
4018 *mustfree = TRUE;
4019 }
4020 }
4021 }
4022
4023#ifdef HAVE_PATHDEF
4024 /* When there is a pathdef.c file we can use default_vim_dir and
4025 * default_vimruntime_dir */
4026 if (p == NULL)
4027 {
4028 /* Only use default_vimruntime_dir when it is not empty */
4029 if (vimruntime && *default_vimruntime_dir != NUL)
4030 {
4031 p = default_vimruntime_dir;
4032 *mustfree = FALSE;
4033 }
4034 else if (*default_vim_dir != NUL)
4035 {
4036 if (vimruntime && (p = vim_version_dir(default_vim_dir)) != NULL)
4037 *mustfree = TRUE;
4038 else
4039 {
4040 p = default_vim_dir;
4041 *mustfree = FALSE;
4042 }
4043 }
4044 }
4045#endif
4046
4047 /*
4048 * Set the environment variable, so that the new value can be found fast
4049 * next time, and others can also use it (e.g. Perl).
4050 */
4051 if (p != NULL)
4052 {
4053 if (vimruntime)
4054 {
4055 vim_setenv((char_u *)"VIMRUNTIME", p);
4056 didset_vimruntime = TRUE;
4057#ifdef FEAT_GETTEXT
4058 {
Bram Moolenaard6754642005-01-17 22:18:45 +00004059 char_u *buf = concat_str(p, (char_u *)"/lang");
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004060
4061 if (buf != NULL)
4062 {
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004063 bindtextdomain(VIMPACKAGE, (char *)buf);
4064 vim_free(buf);
4065 }
4066 }
4067#endif
4068 }
4069 else
4070 {
4071 vim_setenv((char_u *)"VIM", p);
4072 didset_vim = TRUE;
4073 }
4074 }
4075 return p;
4076}
4077
4078/*
4079 * Check if the directory "vimdir/<version>" or "vimdir/runtime" exists.
4080 * Return NULL if not, return its name in allocated memory otherwise.
4081 */
4082 static char_u *
4083vim_version_dir(vimdir)
4084 char_u *vimdir;
4085{
4086 char_u *p;
4087
4088 if (vimdir == NULL || *vimdir == NUL)
4089 return NULL;
4090 p = concat_fnames(vimdir, (char_u *)VIM_VERSION_NODOT, TRUE);
4091 if (p != NULL && mch_isdir(p))
4092 return p;
4093 vim_free(p);
4094 p = concat_fnames(vimdir, (char_u *)RUNTIME_DIRNAME, TRUE);
4095 if (p != NULL && mch_isdir(p))
4096 return p;
4097 vim_free(p);
4098 return NULL;
4099}
4100
4101/*
4102 * If the string between "p" and "pend" ends in "name/", return "pend" minus
4103 * the length of "name/". Otherwise return "pend".
4104 */
4105 static char_u *
4106remove_tail(p, pend, name)
4107 char_u *p;
4108 char_u *pend;
4109 char_u *name;
4110{
4111 int len = (int)STRLEN(name) + 1;
4112 char_u *newend = pend - len;
4113
4114 if (newend >= p
4115 && fnamencmp(newend, name, len - 1) == 0
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00004116 && (newend == p || after_pathsep(p, newend)))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004117 return newend;
4118 return pend;
4119}
4120
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004121/*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004122 * Our portable version of setenv.
4123 */
4124 void
4125vim_setenv(name, val)
4126 char_u *name;
4127 char_u *val;
4128{
4129#ifdef HAVE_SETENV
4130 mch_setenv((char *)name, (char *)val, 1);
4131#else
4132 char_u *envbuf;
4133
4134 /*
4135 * Putenv does not copy the string, it has to remain
4136 * valid. The allocated memory will never be freed.
4137 */
4138 envbuf = alloc((unsigned)(STRLEN(name) + STRLEN(val) + 2));
4139 if (envbuf != NULL)
4140 {
4141 sprintf((char *)envbuf, "%s=%s", name, val);
4142 putenv((char *)envbuf);
4143 }
4144#endif
4145}
4146
4147#if defined(FEAT_CMDL_COMPL) || defined(PROTO)
4148/*
4149 * Function given to ExpandGeneric() to obtain an environment variable name.
4150 */
4151/*ARGSUSED*/
4152 char_u *
4153get_env_name(xp, idx)
4154 expand_T *xp;
4155 int idx;
4156{
4157# if defined(AMIGA) || defined(__MRC__) || defined(__SC__)
4158 /*
4159 * No environ[] on the Amiga and on the Mac (using MPW).
4160 */
4161 return NULL;
4162# else
4163# ifndef __WIN32__
4164 /* Borland C++ 5.2 has this in a header file. */
4165 extern char **environ;
4166# endif
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00004167# define ENVNAMELEN 100
4168 static char_u name[ENVNAMELEN];
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004169 char_u *str;
4170 int n;
4171
4172 str = (char_u *)environ[idx];
4173 if (str == NULL)
4174 return NULL;
4175
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00004176 for (n = 0; n < ENVNAMELEN - 1; ++n)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004177 {
4178 if (str[n] == '=' || str[n] == NUL)
4179 break;
4180 name[n] = str[n];
4181 }
4182 name[n] = NUL;
4183 return name;
4184# endif
4185}
4186#endif
4187
4188/*
4189 * Replace home directory by "~" in each space or comma separated file name in
4190 * 'src'.
4191 * If anything fails (except when out of space) dst equals src.
4192 */
4193 void
4194home_replace(buf, src, dst, dstlen, one)
4195 buf_T *buf; /* when not NULL, check for help files */
4196 char_u *src; /* input file name */
4197 char_u *dst; /* where to put the result */
4198 int dstlen; /* maximum length of the result */
4199 int one; /* if TRUE, only replace one file name, include
4200 spaces and commas in the file name. */
4201{
4202 size_t dirlen = 0, envlen = 0;
4203 size_t len;
4204 char_u *homedir_env;
4205 char_u *p;
4206
4207 if (src == NULL)
4208 {
4209 *dst = NUL;
4210 return;
4211 }
4212
4213 /*
4214 * If the file is a help file, remove the path completely.
4215 */
4216 if (buf != NULL && buf->b_help)
4217 {
4218 STRCPY(dst, gettail(src));
4219 return;
4220 }
4221
4222 /*
4223 * We check both the value of the $HOME environment variable and the
4224 * "real" home directory.
4225 */
4226 if (homedir != NULL)
4227 dirlen = STRLEN(homedir);
4228
4229#ifdef VMS
4230 homedir_env = mch_getenv((char_u *)"SYS$LOGIN");
4231#else
4232 homedir_env = mch_getenv((char_u *)"HOME");
4233#endif
4234
4235 if (homedir_env != NULL && *homedir_env == NUL)
4236 homedir_env = NULL;
4237 if (homedir_env != NULL)
4238 envlen = STRLEN(homedir_env);
4239
4240 if (!one)
4241 src = skipwhite(src);
4242 while (*src && dstlen > 0)
4243 {
4244 /*
4245 * Here we are at the beginning of a file name.
4246 * First, check to see if the beginning of the file name matches
4247 * $HOME or the "real" home directory. Check that there is a '/'
4248 * after the match (so that if e.g. the file is "/home/pieter/bla",
4249 * and the home directory is "/home/piet", the file does not end up
4250 * as "~er/bla" (which would seem to indicate the file "bla" in user
4251 * er's home directory)).
4252 */
4253 p = homedir;
4254 len = dirlen;
4255 for (;;)
4256 {
4257 if ( len
4258 && fnamencmp(src, p, len) == 0
4259 && (vim_ispathsep(src[len])
4260 || (!one && (src[len] == ',' || src[len] == ' '))
4261 || src[len] == NUL))
4262 {
4263 src += len;
4264 if (--dstlen > 0)
4265 *dst++ = '~';
4266
4267 /*
4268 * If it's just the home directory, add "/".
4269 */
4270 if (!vim_ispathsep(src[0]) && --dstlen > 0)
4271 *dst++ = '/';
4272 break;
4273 }
4274 if (p == homedir_env)
4275 break;
4276 p = homedir_env;
4277 len = envlen;
4278 }
4279
4280 /* if (!one) skip to separator: space or comma */
4281 while (*src && (one || (*src != ',' && *src != ' ')) && --dstlen > 0)
4282 *dst++ = *src++;
4283 /* skip separator */
4284 while ((*src == ' ' || *src == ',') && --dstlen > 0)
4285 *dst++ = *src++;
4286 }
4287 /* if (dstlen == 0) out of space, what to do??? */
4288
4289 *dst = NUL;
4290}
4291
4292/*
4293 * Like home_replace, store the replaced string in allocated memory.
4294 * When something fails, NULL is returned.
4295 */
4296 char_u *
4297home_replace_save(buf, src)
4298 buf_T *buf; /* when not NULL, check for help files */
4299 char_u *src; /* input file name */
4300{
4301 char_u *dst;
4302 unsigned len;
4303
4304 len = 3; /* space for "~/" and trailing NUL */
4305 if (src != NULL) /* just in case */
4306 len += (unsigned)STRLEN(src);
4307 dst = alloc(len);
4308 if (dst != NULL)
4309 home_replace(buf, src, dst, len, TRUE);
4310 return dst;
4311}
4312
4313/*
4314 * Compare two file names and return:
4315 * FPC_SAME if they both exist and are the same file.
4316 * FPC_SAMEX if they both don't exist and have the same file name.
4317 * FPC_DIFF if they both exist and are different files.
4318 * FPC_NOTX if they both don't exist.
4319 * FPC_DIFFX if one of them doesn't exist.
4320 * For the first name environment variables are expanded
4321 */
4322 int
4323fullpathcmp(s1, s2, checkname)
4324 char_u *s1, *s2;
4325 int checkname; /* when both don't exist, check file names */
4326{
4327#ifdef UNIX
4328 char_u exp1[MAXPATHL];
4329 char_u full1[MAXPATHL];
4330 char_u full2[MAXPATHL];
4331 struct stat st1, st2;
4332 int r1, r2;
4333
4334 expand_env(s1, exp1, MAXPATHL);
4335 r1 = mch_stat((char *)exp1, &st1);
4336 r2 = mch_stat((char *)s2, &st2);
4337 if (r1 != 0 && r2 != 0)
4338 {
4339 /* if mch_stat() doesn't work, may compare the names */
4340 if (checkname)
4341 {
4342 if (fnamecmp(exp1, s2) == 0)
4343 return FPC_SAMEX;
4344 r1 = vim_FullName(exp1, full1, MAXPATHL, FALSE);
4345 r2 = vim_FullName(s2, full2, MAXPATHL, FALSE);
4346 if (r1 == OK && r2 == OK && fnamecmp(full1, full2) == 0)
4347 return FPC_SAMEX;
4348 }
4349 return FPC_NOTX;
4350 }
4351 if (r1 != 0 || r2 != 0)
4352 return FPC_DIFFX;
4353 if (st1.st_dev == st2.st_dev && st1.st_ino == st2.st_ino)
4354 return FPC_SAME;
4355 return FPC_DIFF;
4356#else
4357 char_u *exp1; /* expanded s1 */
4358 char_u *full1; /* full path of s1 */
4359 char_u *full2; /* full path of s2 */
4360 int retval = FPC_DIFF;
4361 int r1, r2;
4362
4363 /* allocate one buffer to store three paths (alloc()/free() is slow!) */
4364 if ((exp1 = alloc(MAXPATHL * 3)) != NULL)
4365 {
4366 full1 = exp1 + MAXPATHL;
4367 full2 = full1 + MAXPATHL;
4368
4369 expand_env(s1, exp1, MAXPATHL);
4370 r1 = vim_FullName(exp1, full1, MAXPATHL, FALSE);
4371 r2 = vim_FullName(s2, full2, MAXPATHL, FALSE);
4372
4373 /* If vim_FullName() fails, the file probably doesn't exist. */
4374 if (r1 != OK && r2 != OK)
4375 {
4376 if (checkname && fnamecmp(exp1, s2) == 0)
4377 retval = FPC_SAMEX;
4378 else
4379 retval = FPC_NOTX;
4380 }
4381 else if (r1 != OK || r2 != OK)
4382 retval = FPC_DIFFX;
4383 else if (fnamecmp(full1, full2))
4384 retval = FPC_DIFF;
4385 else
4386 retval = FPC_SAME;
4387 vim_free(exp1);
4388 }
4389 return retval;
4390#endif
4391}
4392
4393/*
Bram Moolenaarf4b8e572004-06-24 15:53:16 +00004394 * Get the tail of a path: the file name.
4395 * Fail safe: never returns NULL.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004396 */
4397 char_u *
4398gettail(fname)
4399 char_u *fname;
4400{
4401 char_u *p1, *p2;
4402
4403 if (fname == NULL)
4404 return (char_u *)"";
4405 for (p1 = p2 = fname; *p2; ) /* find last part of path */
4406 {
4407 if (vim_ispathsep(*p2))
4408 p1 = p2 + 1;
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00004409 mb_ptr_adv(p2);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004410 }
4411 return p1;
4412}
4413
4414/*
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00004415 * Get pointer to tail of "fname", including path separators. Putting a NUL
4416 * here leaves the directory name. Takes care of "c:/" and "//".
4417 * Always returns a valid pointer.
4418 */
4419 char_u *
4420gettail_sep(fname)
4421 char_u *fname;
4422{
4423 char_u *p;
4424 char_u *t;
4425
4426 p = get_past_head(fname); /* don't remove the '/' from "c:/file" */
4427 t = gettail(fname);
4428 while (t > p && after_pathsep(fname, t))
4429 --t;
4430#ifdef VMS
4431 /* path separator is part of the path */
4432 ++t;
4433#endif
4434 return t;
4435}
4436
4437/*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004438 * get the next path component (just after the next path separator).
4439 */
4440 char_u *
4441getnextcomp(fname)
4442 char_u *fname;
4443{
4444 while (*fname && !vim_ispathsep(*fname))
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00004445 mb_ptr_adv(fname);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004446 if (*fname)
4447 ++fname;
4448 return fname;
4449}
4450
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004451/*
4452 * Get a pointer to one character past the head of a path name.
4453 * Unix: after "/"; DOS: after "c:\"; Amiga: after "disk:/"; Mac: no head.
4454 * If there is no head, path is returned.
4455 */
4456 char_u *
4457get_past_head(path)
4458 char_u *path;
4459{
4460 char_u *retval;
4461
4462#if defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN) || defined(OS2)
4463 /* may skip "c:" */
4464 if (isalpha(path[0]) && path[1] == ':')
4465 retval = path + 2;
4466 else
4467 retval = path;
4468#else
4469# if defined(AMIGA)
4470 /* may skip "label:" */
4471 retval = vim_strchr(path, ':');
4472 if (retval == NULL)
4473 retval = path;
4474# else /* Unix */
4475 retval = path;
4476# endif
4477#endif
4478
4479 while (vim_ispathsep(*retval))
4480 ++retval;
4481
4482 return retval;
4483}
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004484
4485/*
4486 * return TRUE if 'c' is a path separator.
4487 */
4488 int
4489vim_ispathsep(c)
4490 int c;
4491{
4492#ifdef RISCOS
4493 return (c == '.' || c == ':');
4494#else
4495# ifdef UNIX
4496 return (c == '/'); /* UNIX has ':' inside file names */
4497# else
4498# ifdef BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME
4499 return (c == ':' || c == '/' || c == '\\');
4500# else
4501# ifdef VMS
4502 /* server"user passwd"::device:[full.path.name]fname.extension;version" */
4503 return (c == ':' || c == '[' || c == ']' || c == '/'
4504 || c == '<' || c == '>' || c == '"' );
Bram Moolenaar1056d982006-03-09 22:37:52 +00004505# else /* Amiga */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004506 return (c == ':' || c == '/');
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004507# endif /* VMS */
4508# endif
4509# endif
4510#endif /* RISC OS */
4511}
4512
4513#if defined(FEAT_SEARCHPATH) || defined(PROTO)
4514/*
4515 * return TRUE if 'c' is a path list separator.
4516 */
4517 int
4518vim_ispathlistsep(c)
4519 int c;
4520{
4521#ifdef UNIX
4522 return (c == ':');
4523#else
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00004524 return (c == ';'); /* might not be right for every system... */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004525#endif
4526}
4527#endif
4528
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +00004529#if defined(FEAT_GUI_TABLINE) || defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) \
4530 || defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO)
4531/*
4532 * Shorten the path of a file from "~/foo/../.bar/fname" to "~/f/../.b/fname"
4533 * It's done in-place.
4534 */
4535 void
4536shorten_dir(str)
4537 char_u *str;
4538{
4539 char_u *tail, *s, *d;
4540 int skip = FALSE;
4541
4542 tail = gettail(str);
4543 d = str;
4544 for (s = str; ; ++s)
4545 {
4546 if (s >= tail) /* copy the whole tail */
4547 {
4548 *d++ = *s;
4549 if (*s == NUL)
4550 break;
4551 }
4552 else if (vim_ispathsep(*s)) /* copy '/' and next char */
4553 {
4554 *d++ = *s;
4555 skip = FALSE;
4556 }
4557 else if (!skip)
4558 {
4559 *d++ = *s; /* copy next char */
4560 if (*s != '~' && *s != '.') /* and leading "~" and "." */
4561 skip = TRUE;
4562# ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
4563 if (has_mbyte)
4564 {
4565 int l = mb_ptr2len(s);
4566
4567 while (--l > 0)
Bram Moolenaarb6baca52006-08-15 20:24:14 +00004568 *d++ = *++s;
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +00004569 }
4570# endif
4571 }
4572 }
4573}
4574#endif
4575
Bram Moolenaar900b4d72005-12-12 22:05:50 +00004576/*
4577 * Return TRUE if the directory of "fname" exists, FALSE otherwise.
4578 * Also returns TRUE if there is no directory name.
4579 * "fname" must be writable!.
4580 */
4581 int
4582dir_of_file_exists(fname)
4583 char_u *fname;
4584{
4585 char_u *p;
4586 int c;
4587 int retval;
4588
4589 p = gettail_sep(fname);
4590 if (p == fname)
4591 return TRUE;
4592 c = *p;
4593 *p = NUL;
4594 retval = mch_isdir(fname);
4595 *p = c;
4596 return retval;
4597}
4598
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004599#if (defined(CASE_INSENSITIVE_FILENAME) && defined(BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME)) \
4600 || defined(PROTO)
4601/*
4602 * Versions of fnamecmp() and fnamencmp() that handle '/' and '\' equally.
4603 */
4604 int
4605vim_fnamecmp(x, y)
4606 char_u *x, *y;
4607{
4608 return vim_fnamencmp(x, y, MAXPATHL);
4609}
4610
4611 int
4612vim_fnamencmp(x, y, len)
4613 char_u *x, *y;
4614 size_t len;
4615{
4616 while (len > 0 && *x && *y)
4617 {
4618 if (TOLOWER_LOC(*x) != TOLOWER_LOC(*y)
4619 && !(*x == '/' && *y == '\\')
4620 && !(*x == '\\' && *y == '/'))
4621 break;
4622 ++x;
4623 ++y;
4624 --len;
4625 }
4626 if (len == 0)
4627 return 0;
4628 return (*x - *y);
4629}
4630#endif
4631
4632/*
4633 * Concatenate file names fname1 and fname2 into allocated memory.
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00004634 * Only add a '/' or '\\' when 'sep' is TRUE and it is necessary.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004635 */
4636 char_u *
4637concat_fnames(fname1, fname2, sep)
4638 char_u *fname1;
4639 char_u *fname2;
4640 int sep;
4641{
4642 char_u *dest;
4643
4644 dest = alloc((unsigned)(STRLEN(fname1) + STRLEN(fname2) + 3));
4645 if (dest != NULL)
4646 {
4647 STRCPY(dest, fname1);
4648 if (sep)
4649 add_pathsep(dest);
4650 STRCAT(dest, fname2);
4651 }
4652 return dest;
4653}
4654
Bram Moolenaard6754642005-01-17 22:18:45 +00004655#if defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(FEAT_GETTEXT) || defined(PROTO)
4656/*
4657 * Concatenate two strings and return the result in allocated memory.
4658 * Returns NULL when out of memory.
4659 */
4660 char_u *
4661concat_str(str1, str2)
4662 char_u *str1;
4663 char_u *str2;
4664{
4665 char_u *dest;
4666 size_t l = STRLEN(str1);
4667
4668 dest = alloc((unsigned)(l + STRLEN(str2) + 1L));
4669 if (dest != NULL)
4670 {
4671 STRCPY(dest, str1);
4672 STRCPY(dest + l, str2);
4673 }
4674 return dest;
4675}
4676#endif
4677
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004678/*
4679 * Add a path separator to a file name, unless it already ends in a path
4680 * separator.
4681 */
4682 void
4683add_pathsep(p)
4684 char_u *p;
4685{
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00004686 if (*p != NUL && !after_pathsep(p, p + STRLEN(p)))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004687 STRCAT(p, PATHSEPSTR);
4688}
4689
4690/*
4691 * FullName_save - Make an allocated copy of a full file name.
4692 * Returns NULL when out of memory.
4693 */
4694 char_u *
4695FullName_save(fname, force)
4696 char_u *fname;
4697 int force; /* force expansion, even when it already looks
4698 like a full path name */
4699{
4700 char_u *buf;
4701 char_u *new_fname = NULL;
4702
4703 if (fname == NULL)
4704 return NULL;
4705
4706 buf = alloc((unsigned)MAXPATHL);
4707 if (buf != NULL)
4708 {
4709 if (vim_FullName(fname, buf, MAXPATHL, force) != FAIL)
4710 new_fname = vim_strsave(buf);
4711 else
4712 new_fname = vim_strsave(fname);
4713 vim_free(buf);
4714 }
4715 return new_fname;
4716}
4717
4718#if defined(FEAT_CINDENT) || defined(FEAT_SYN_HL)
4719
4720static char_u *skip_string __ARGS((char_u *p));
4721
4722/*
4723 * Find the start of a comment, not knowing if we are in a comment right now.
4724 * Search starts at w_cursor.lnum and goes backwards.
4725 */
4726 pos_T *
4727find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment) /* XXX */
4728 int ind_maxcomment;
4729{
4730 pos_T *pos;
4731 char_u *line;
4732 char_u *p;
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00004733 int cur_maxcomment = ind_maxcomment;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004734
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00004735 for (;;)
4736 {
4737 pos = findmatchlimit(NULL, '*', FM_BACKWARD, cur_maxcomment);
4738 if (pos == NULL)
4739 break;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004740
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00004741 /*
4742 * Check if the comment start we found is inside a string.
4743 * If it is then restrict the search to below this line and try again.
4744 */
4745 line = ml_get(pos->lnum);
4746 for (p = line; *p && (unsigned)(p - line) < pos->col; ++p)
4747 p = skip_string(p);
4748 if ((unsigned)(p - line) <= pos->col)
4749 break;
4750 cur_maxcomment = curwin->w_cursor.lnum - pos->lnum - 1;
4751 if (cur_maxcomment <= 0)
4752 {
4753 pos = NULL;
4754 break;
4755 }
4756 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004757 return pos;
4758}
4759
4760/*
4761 * Skip to the end of a "string" and a 'c' character.
4762 * If there is no string or character, return argument unmodified.
4763 */
4764 static char_u *
4765skip_string(p)
4766 char_u *p;
4767{
4768 int i;
4769
4770 /*
4771 * We loop, because strings may be concatenated: "date""time".
4772 */
4773 for ( ; ; ++p)
4774 {
4775 if (p[0] == '\'') /* 'c' or '\n' or '\000' */
4776 {
4777 if (!p[1]) /* ' at end of line */
4778 break;
4779 i = 2;
4780 if (p[1] == '\\') /* '\n' or '\000' */
4781 {
4782 ++i;
4783 while (vim_isdigit(p[i - 1])) /* '\000' */
4784 ++i;
4785 }
4786 if (p[i] == '\'') /* check for trailing ' */
4787 {
4788 p += i;
4789 continue;
4790 }
4791 }
4792 else if (p[0] == '"') /* start of string */
4793 {
4794 for (++p; p[0]; ++p)
4795 {
4796 if (p[0] == '\\' && p[1] != NUL)
4797 ++p;
4798 else if (p[0] == '"') /* end of string */
4799 break;
4800 }
4801 if (p[0] == '"')
4802 continue;
4803 }
4804 break; /* no string found */
4805 }
4806 if (!*p)
4807 --p; /* backup from NUL */
4808 return p;
4809}
4810#endif /* FEAT_CINDENT || FEAT_SYN_HL */
4811
4812#if defined(FEAT_CINDENT) || defined(PROTO)
4813
4814/*
4815 * Do C or expression indenting on the current line.
4816 */
4817 void
4818do_c_expr_indent()
4819{
4820# ifdef FEAT_EVAL
4821 if (*curbuf->b_p_inde != NUL)
4822 fixthisline(get_expr_indent);
4823 else
4824# endif
4825 fixthisline(get_c_indent);
4826}
4827
4828/*
4829 * Functions for C-indenting.
4830 * Most of this originally comes from Eric Fischer.
4831 */
4832/*
4833 * Below "XXX" means that this function may unlock the current line.
4834 */
4835
4836static char_u *cin_skipcomment __ARGS((char_u *));
4837static int cin_nocode __ARGS((char_u *));
4838static pos_T *find_line_comment __ARGS((void));
4839static int cin_islabel_skip __ARGS((char_u **));
4840static int cin_isdefault __ARGS((char_u *));
4841static char_u *after_label __ARGS((char_u *l));
4842static int get_indent_nolabel __ARGS((linenr_T lnum));
4843static int skip_label __ARGS((linenr_T, char_u **pp, int ind_maxcomment));
4844static int cin_first_id_amount __ARGS((void));
4845static int cin_get_equal_amount __ARGS((linenr_T lnum));
4846static int cin_ispreproc __ARGS((char_u *));
4847static int cin_ispreproc_cont __ARGS((char_u **pp, linenr_T *lnump));
4848static int cin_iscomment __ARGS((char_u *));
4849static int cin_islinecomment __ARGS((char_u *));
4850static int cin_isterminated __ARGS((char_u *, int, int));
4851static int cin_isinit __ARGS((void));
4852static int cin_isfuncdecl __ARGS((char_u **, linenr_T));
4853static int cin_isif __ARGS((char_u *));
4854static int cin_iselse __ARGS((char_u *));
4855static int cin_isdo __ARGS((char_u *));
4856static int cin_iswhileofdo __ARGS((char_u *, linenr_T, int));
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00004857static int cin_iswhileofdo_end __ARGS((int terminated, int ind_maxparen, int ind_maxcomment));
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004858static int cin_isbreak __ARGS((char_u *));
Bram Moolenaare7c56862007-08-04 10:14:52 +00004859static int cin_is_cpp_baseclass __ARGS((colnr_T *col));
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00004860static int get_baseclass_amount __ARGS((int col, int ind_maxparen, int ind_maxcomment, int ind_cpp_baseclass));
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004861static int cin_ends_in __ARGS((char_u *, char_u *, char_u *));
4862static int cin_skip2pos __ARGS((pos_T *trypos));
4863static pos_T *find_start_brace __ARGS((int));
4864static pos_T *find_match_paren __ARGS((int, int));
4865static int corr_ind_maxparen __ARGS((int ind_maxparen, pos_T *startpos));
4866static int find_last_paren __ARGS((char_u *l, int start, int end));
4867static int find_match __ARGS((int lookfor, linenr_T ourscope, int ind_maxparen, int ind_maxcomment));
4868
Bram Moolenaar39353fd2007-03-27 09:02:11 +00004869static int ind_hash_comment = 0; /* # starts a comment */
4870
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004871/*
4872 * Skip over white space and C comments within the line.
Bram Moolenaar39353fd2007-03-27 09:02:11 +00004873 * Also skip over Perl/shell comments if desired.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004874 */
4875 static char_u *
4876cin_skipcomment(s)
4877 char_u *s;
4878{
4879 while (*s)
4880 {
Bram Moolenaar39353fd2007-03-27 09:02:11 +00004881 char_u *prev_s = s;
4882
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004883 s = skipwhite(s);
Bram Moolenaar39353fd2007-03-27 09:02:11 +00004884
4885 /* Perl/shell # comment comment continues until eol. Require a space
4886 * before # to avoid recognizing $#array. */
4887 if (ind_hash_comment != 0 && s != prev_s && *s == '#')
4888 {
4889 s += STRLEN(s);
4890 break;
4891 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004892 if (*s != '/')
4893 break;
4894 ++s;
4895 if (*s == '/') /* slash-slash comment continues till eol */
4896 {
4897 s += STRLEN(s);
4898 break;
4899 }
4900 if (*s != '*')
4901 break;
4902 for (++s; *s; ++s) /* skip slash-star comment */
4903 if (s[0] == '*' && s[1] == '/')
4904 {
4905 s += 2;
4906 break;
4907 }
4908 }
4909 return s;
4910}
4911
4912/*
4913 * Return TRUE if there there is no code at *s. White space and comments are
4914 * not considered code.
4915 */
4916 static int
4917cin_nocode(s)
4918 char_u *s;
4919{
4920 return *cin_skipcomment(s) == NUL;
4921}
4922
4923/*
4924 * Check previous lines for a "//" line comment, skipping over blank lines.
4925 */
4926 static pos_T *
4927find_line_comment() /* XXX */
4928{
4929 static pos_T pos;
4930 char_u *line;
4931 char_u *p;
4932
4933 pos = curwin->w_cursor;
4934 while (--pos.lnum > 0)
4935 {
4936 line = ml_get(pos.lnum);
4937 p = skipwhite(line);
4938 if (cin_islinecomment(p))
4939 {
4940 pos.col = (int)(p - line);
4941 return &pos;
4942 }
4943 if (*p != NUL)
4944 break;
4945 }
4946 return NULL;
4947}
4948
4949/*
4950 * Check if string matches "label:"; move to character after ':' if true.
4951 */
4952 static int
4953cin_islabel_skip(s)
4954 char_u **s;
4955{
4956 if (!vim_isIDc(**s)) /* need at least one ID character */
4957 return FALSE;
4958
4959 while (vim_isIDc(**s))
4960 (*s)++;
4961
4962 *s = cin_skipcomment(*s);
4963
4964 /* "::" is not a label, it's C++ */
4965 return (**s == ':' && *++*s != ':');
4966}
4967
4968/*
4969 * Recognize a label: "label:".
4970 * Note: curwin->w_cursor must be where we are looking for the label.
4971 */
4972 int
4973cin_islabel(ind_maxcomment) /* XXX */
4974 int ind_maxcomment;
4975{
4976 char_u *s;
4977
4978 s = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline());
4979
4980 /*
4981 * Exclude "default" from labels, since it should be indented
4982 * like a switch label. Same for C++ scope declarations.
4983 */
4984 if (cin_isdefault(s))
4985 return FALSE;
4986 if (cin_isscopedecl(s))
4987 return FALSE;
4988
4989 if (cin_islabel_skip(&s))
4990 {
4991 /*
4992 * Only accept a label if the previous line is terminated or is a case
4993 * label.
4994 */
4995 pos_T cursor_save;
4996 pos_T *trypos;
4997 char_u *line;
4998
4999 cursor_save = curwin->w_cursor;
5000 while (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
5001 {
5002 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
5003
5004 /*
5005 * If we're in a comment now, skip to the start of the comment.
5006 */
5007 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
5008 if ((trypos = find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment)) != NULL) /* XXX */
5009 curwin->w_cursor = *trypos;
5010
5011 line = ml_get_curline();
5012 if (cin_ispreproc(line)) /* ignore #defines, #if, etc. */
5013 continue;
5014 if (*(line = cin_skipcomment(line)) == NUL)
5015 continue;
5016
5017 curwin->w_cursor = cursor_save;
5018 if (cin_isterminated(line, TRUE, FALSE)
5019 || cin_isscopedecl(line)
5020 || cin_iscase(line)
5021 || (cin_islabel_skip(&line) && cin_nocode(line)))
5022 return TRUE;
5023 return FALSE;
5024 }
5025 curwin->w_cursor = cursor_save;
5026 return TRUE; /* label at start of file??? */
5027 }
5028 return FALSE;
5029}
5030
5031/*
5032 * Recognize structure initialization and enumerations.
5033 * Q&D-Implementation:
5034 * check for "=" at end or "[typedef] enum" at beginning of line.
5035 */
5036 static int
5037cin_isinit(void)
5038{
5039 char_u *s;
5040
5041 s = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline());
5042
5043 if (STRNCMP(s, "typedef", 7) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(s[7]))
5044 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 7);
5045
5046 if (STRNCMP(s, "enum", 4) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(s[4]))
5047 return TRUE;
5048
5049 if (cin_ends_in(s, (char_u *)"=", (char_u *)"{"))
5050 return TRUE;
5051
5052 return FALSE;
5053}
5054
5055/*
5056 * Recognize a switch label: "case .*:" or "default:".
5057 */
5058 int
5059cin_iscase(s)
5060 char_u *s;
5061{
5062 s = cin_skipcomment(s);
5063 if (STRNCMP(s, "case", 4) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(s[4]))
5064 {
5065 for (s += 4; *s; ++s)
5066 {
5067 s = cin_skipcomment(s);
5068 if (*s == ':')
5069 {
5070 if (s[1] == ':') /* skip over "::" for C++ */
5071 ++s;
5072 else
5073 return TRUE;
5074 }
5075 if (*s == '\'' && s[1] && s[2] == '\'')
5076 s += 2; /* skip over '.' */
5077 else if (*s == '/' && (s[1] == '*' || s[1] == '/'))
5078 return FALSE; /* stop at comment */
5079 else if (*s == '"')
5080 return FALSE; /* stop at string */
5081 }
5082 return FALSE;
5083 }
5084
5085 if (cin_isdefault(s))
5086 return TRUE;
5087 return FALSE;
5088}
5089
5090/*
5091 * Recognize a "default" switch label.
5092 */
5093 static int
5094cin_isdefault(s)
5095 char_u *s;
5096{
5097 return (STRNCMP(s, "default", 7) == 0
5098 && *(s = cin_skipcomment(s + 7)) == ':'
5099 && s[1] != ':');
5100}
5101
5102/*
5103 * Recognize a "public/private/proctected" scope declaration label.
5104 */
5105 int
5106cin_isscopedecl(s)
5107 char_u *s;
5108{
5109 int i;
5110
5111 s = cin_skipcomment(s);
5112 if (STRNCMP(s, "public", 6) == 0)
5113 i = 6;
5114 else if (STRNCMP(s, "protected", 9) == 0)
5115 i = 9;
5116 else if (STRNCMP(s, "private", 7) == 0)
5117 i = 7;
5118 else
5119 return FALSE;
5120 return (*(s = cin_skipcomment(s + i)) == ':' && s[1] != ':');
5121}
5122
5123/*
5124 * Return a pointer to the first non-empty non-comment character after a ':'.
5125 * Return NULL if not found.
5126 * case 234: a = b;
5127 * ^
5128 */
5129 static char_u *
5130after_label(l)
5131 char_u *l;
5132{
5133 for ( ; *l; ++l)
5134 {
5135 if (*l == ':')
5136 {
5137 if (l[1] == ':') /* skip over "::" for C++ */
5138 ++l;
5139 else if (!cin_iscase(l + 1))
5140 break;
5141 }
5142 else if (*l == '\'' && l[1] && l[2] == '\'')
5143 l += 2; /* skip over 'x' */
5144 }
5145 if (*l == NUL)
5146 return NULL;
5147 l = cin_skipcomment(l + 1);
5148 if (*l == NUL)
5149 return NULL;
5150 return l;
5151}
5152
5153/*
5154 * Get indent of line "lnum", skipping a label.
5155 * Return 0 if there is nothing after the label.
5156 */
5157 static int
5158get_indent_nolabel(lnum) /* XXX */
5159 linenr_T lnum;
5160{
5161 char_u *l;
5162 pos_T fp;
5163 colnr_T col;
5164 char_u *p;
5165
5166 l = ml_get(lnum);
5167 p = after_label(l);
5168 if (p == NULL)
5169 return 0;
5170
5171 fp.col = (colnr_T)(p - l);
5172 fp.lnum = lnum;
5173 getvcol(curwin, &fp, &col, NULL, NULL);
5174 return (int)col;
5175}
5176
5177/*
5178 * Find indent for line "lnum", ignoring any case or jump label.
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00005179 * Also return a pointer to the text (after the label) in "pp".
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005180 * label: if (asdf && asdfasdf)
5181 * ^
5182 */
5183 static int
5184skip_label(lnum, pp, ind_maxcomment)
5185 linenr_T lnum;
5186 char_u **pp;
5187 int ind_maxcomment;
5188{
5189 char_u *l;
5190 int amount;
5191 pos_T cursor_save;
5192
5193 cursor_save = curwin->w_cursor;
5194 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum;
5195 l = ml_get_curline();
5196 /* XXX */
5197 if (cin_iscase(l) || cin_isscopedecl(l) || cin_islabel(ind_maxcomment))
5198 {
5199 amount = get_indent_nolabel(lnum);
5200 l = after_label(ml_get_curline());
5201 if (l == NULL) /* just in case */
5202 l = ml_get_curline();
5203 }
5204 else
5205 {
5206 amount = get_indent();
5207 l = ml_get_curline();
5208 }
5209 *pp = l;
5210
5211 curwin->w_cursor = cursor_save;
5212 return amount;
5213}
5214
5215/*
5216 * Return the indent of the first variable name after a type in a declaration.
5217 * int a, indent of "a"
5218 * static struct foo b, indent of "b"
5219 * enum bla c, indent of "c"
5220 * Returns zero when it doesn't look like a declaration.
5221 */
5222 static int
5223cin_first_id_amount()
5224{
5225 char_u *line, *p, *s;
5226 int len;
5227 pos_T fp;
5228 colnr_T col;
5229
5230 line = ml_get_curline();
5231 p = skipwhite(line);
Bram Moolenaara93fa7e2006-04-17 22:14:47 +00005232 len = (int)(skiptowhite(p) - p);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005233 if (len == 6 && STRNCMP(p, "static", 6) == 0)
5234 {
5235 p = skipwhite(p + 6);
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00005236 len = (int)(skiptowhite(p) - p);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005237 }
5238 if (len == 6 && STRNCMP(p, "struct", 6) == 0)
5239 p = skipwhite(p + 6);
5240 else if (len == 4 && STRNCMP(p, "enum", 4) == 0)
5241 p = skipwhite(p + 4);
5242 else if ((len == 8 && STRNCMP(p, "unsigned", 8) == 0)
5243 || (len == 6 && STRNCMP(p, "signed", 6) == 0))
5244 {
5245 s = skipwhite(p + len);
5246 if ((STRNCMP(s, "int", 3) == 0 && vim_iswhite(s[3]))
5247 || (STRNCMP(s, "long", 4) == 0 && vim_iswhite(s[4]))
5248 || (STRNCMP(s, "short", 5) == 0 && vim_iswhite(s[5]))
5249 || (STRNCMP(s, "char", 4) == 0 && vim_iswhite(s[4])))
5250 p = s;
5251 }
5252 for (len = 0; vim_isIDc(p[len]); ++len)
5253 ;
5254 if (len == 0 || !vim_iswhite(p[len]) || cin_nocode(p))
5255 return 0;
5256
5257 p = skipwhite(p + len);
5258 fp.lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
5259 fp.col = (colnr_T)(p - line);
5260 getvcol(curwin, &fp, &col, NULL, NULL);
5261 return (int)col;
5262}
5263
5264/*
5265 * Return the indent of the first non-blank after an equal sign.
5266 * char *foo = "here";
5267 * Return zero if no (useful) equal sign found.
5268 * Return -1 if the line above "lnum" ends in a backslash.
5269 * foo = "asdf\
5270 * asdf\
5271 * here";
5272 */
5273 static int
5274cin_get_equal_amount(lnum)
5275 linenr_T lnum;
5276{
5277 char_u *line;
5278 char_u *s;
5279 colnr_T col;
5280 pos_T fp;
5281
5282 if (lnum > 1)
5283 {
5284 line = ml_get(lnum - 1);
5285 if (*line != NUL && line[STRLEN(line) - 1] == '\\')
5286 return -1;
5287 }
5288
5289 line = s = ml_get(lnum);
5290 while (*s != NUL && vim_strchr((char_u *)"=;{}\"'", *s) == NULL)
5291 {
5292 if (cin_iscomment(s)) /* ignore comments */
5293 s = cin_skipcomment(s);
5294 else
5295 ++s;
5296 }
5297 if (*s != '=')
5298 return 0;
5299
5300 s = skipwhite(s + 1);
5301 if (cin_nocode(s))
5302 return 0;
5303
5304 if (*s == '"') /* nice alignment for continued strings */
5305 ++s;
5306
5307 fp.lnum = lnum;
5308 fp.col = (colnr_T)(s - line);
5309 getvcol(curwin, &fp, &col, NULL, NULL);
5310 return (int)col;
5311}
5312
5313/*
5314 * Recognize a preprocessor statement: Any line that starts with '#'.
5315 */
5316 static int
5317cin_ispreproc(s)
5318 char_u *s;
5319{
5320 s = skipwhite(s);
5321 if (*s == '#')
5322 return TRUE;
5323 return FALSE;
5324}
5325
5326/*
5327 * Return TRUE if line "*pp" at "*lnump" is a preprocessor statement or a
5328 * continuation line of a preprocessor statement. Decrease "*lnump" to the
5329 * start and return the line in "*pp".
5330 */
5331 static int
5332cin_ispreproc_cont(pp, lnump)
5333 char_u **pp;
5334 linenr_T *lnump;
5335{
5336 char_u *line = *pp;
5337 linenr_T lnum = *lnump;
5338 int retval = FALSE;
5339
Bram Moolenaard8e9bb22005-07-09 21:14:46 +00005340 for (;;)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005341 {
5342 if (cin_ispreproc(line))
5343 {
5344 retval = TRUE;
5345 *lnump = lnum;
5346 break;
5347 }
5348 if (lnum == 1)
5349 break;
5350 line = ml_get(--lnum);
5351 if (*line == NUL || line[STRLEN(line) - 1] != '\\')
5352 break;
5353 }
5354
5355 if (lnum != *lnump)
5356 *pp = ml_get(*lnump);
5357 return retval;
5358}
5359
5360/*
5361 * Recognize the start of a C or C++ comment.
5362 */
5363 static int
5364cin_iscomment(p)
5365 char_u *p;
5366{
5367 return (p[0] == '/' && (p[1] == '*' || p[1] == '/'));
5368}
5369
5370/*
5371 * Recognize the start of a "//" comment.
5372 */
5373 static int
5374cin_islinecomment(p)
5375 char_u *p;
5376{
5377 return (p[0] == '/' && p[1] == '/');
5378}
5379
5380/*
5381 * Recognize a line that starts with '{' or '}', or ends with ';', '{' or '}'.
5382 * Don't consider "} else" a terminated line.
5383 * Return the character terminating the line (ending char's have precedence if
5384 * both apply in order to determine initializations).
5385 */
5386 static int
5387cin_isterminated(s, incl_open, incl_comma)
5388 char_u *s;
5389 int incl_open; /* include '{' at the end as terminator */
5390 int incl_comma; /* recognize a trailing comma */
5391{
5392 char_u found_start = 0;
5393
5394 s = cin_skipcomment(s);
5395
5396 if (*s == '{' || (*s == '}' && !cin_iselse(s)))
5397 found_start = *s;
5398
5399 while (*s)
5400 {
5401 /* skip over comments, "" strings and 'c'haracters */
5402 s = skip_string(cin_skipcomment(s));
5403 if ((*s == ';' || (incl_open && *s == '{') || *s == '}'
5404 || (incl_comma && *s == ','))
5405 && cin_nocode(s + 1))
5406 return *s;
5407
5408 if (*s)
5409 s++;
5410 }
5411 return found_start;
5412}
5413
5414/*
5415 * Recognize the basic picture of a function declaration -- it needs to
5416 * have an open paren somewhere and a close paren at the end of the line and
5417 * no semicolons anywhere.
5418 * When a line ends in a comma we continue looking in the next line.
5419 * "sp" points to a string with the line. When looking at other lines it must
5420 * be restored to the line. When it's NULL fetch lines here.
5421 * "lnum" is where we start looking.
5422 */
5423 static int
5424cin_isfuncdecl(sp, first_lnum)
5425 char_u **sp;
5426 linenr_T first_lnum;
5427{
5428 char_u *s;
5429 linenr_T lnum = first_lnum;
5430 int retval = FALSE;
5431
5432 if (sp == NULL)
5433 s = ml_get(lnum);
5434 else
5435 s = *sp;
5436
5437 while (*s && *s != '(' && *s != ';' && *s != '\'' && *s != '"')
5438 {
5439 if (cin_iscomment(s)) /* ignore comments */
5440 s = cin_skipcomment(s);
5441 else
5442 ++s;
5443 }
5444 if (*s != '(')
5445 return FALSE; /* ';', ' or " before any () or no '(' */
5446
5447 while (*s && *s != ';' && *s != '\'' && *s != '"')
5448 {
5449 if (*s == ')' && cin_nocode(s + 1))
5450 {
5451 /* ')' at the end: may have found a match
5452 * Check for he previous line not to end in a backslash:
5453 * #if defined(x) && \
5454 * defined(y)
5455 */
5456 lnum = first_lnum - 1;
5457 s = ml_get(lnum);
5458 if (*s == NUL || s[STRLEN(s) - 1] != '\\')
5459 retval = TRUE;
5460 goto done;
5461 }
5462 if (*s == ',' && cin_nocode(s + 1))
5463 {
5464 /* ',' at the end: continue looking in the next line */
5465 if (lnum >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
5466 break;
5467
5468 s = ml_get(++lnum);
5469 }
5470 else if (cin_iscomment(s)) /* ignore comments */
5471 s = cin_skipcomment(s);
5472 else
5473 ++s;
5474 }
5475
5476done:
5477 if (lnum != first_lnum && sp != NULL)
5478 *sp = ml_get(first_lnum);
5479
5480 return retval;
5481}
5482
5483 static int
5484cin_isif(p)
5485 char_u *p;
5486{
5487 return (STRNCMP(p, "if", 2) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(p[2]));
5488}
5489
5490 static int
5491cin_iselse(p)
5492 char_u *p;
5493{
5494 if (*p == '}') /* accept "} else" */
5495 p = cin_skipcomment(p + 1);
5496 return (STRNCMP(p, "else", 4) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(p[4]));
5497}
5498
5499 static int
5500cin_isdo(p)
5501 char_u *p;
5502{
5503 return (STRNCMP(p, "do", 2) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(p[2]));
5504}
5505
5506/*
5507 * Check if this is a "while" that should have a matching "do".
5508 * We only accept a "while (condition) ;", with only white space between the
5509 * ')' and ';'. The condition may be spread over several lines.
5510 */
5511 static int
5512cin_iswhileofdo(p, lnum, ind_maxparen) /* XXX */
5513 char_u *p;
5514 linenr_T lnum;
5515 int ind_maxparen;
5516{
5517 pos_T cursor_save;
5518 pos_T *trypos;
5519 int retval = FALSE;
5520
5521 p = cin_skipcomment(p);
5522 if (*p == '}') /* accept "} while (cond);" */
5523 p = cin_skipcomment(p + 1);
5524 if (STRNCMP(p, "while", 5) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(p[5]))
5525 {
5526 cursor_save = curwin->w_cursor;
5527 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum;
5528 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
5529 p = ml_get_curline();
5530 while (*p && *p != 'w') /* skip any '}', until the 'w' of the "while" */
5531 {
5532 ++p;
5533 ++curwin->w_cursor.col;
5534 }
5535 if ((trypos = findmatchlimit(NULL, 0, 0, ind_maxparen)) != NULL
5536 && *cin_skipcomment(ml_get_pos(trypos) + 1) == ';')
5537 retval = TRUE;
5538 curwin->w_cursor = cursor_save;
5539 }
5540 return retval;
5541}
5542
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00005543/*
5544 * Return TRUE if we are at the end of a do-while.
5545 * do
5546 * nothing;
5547 * while (foo
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00005548 * && bar); <-- here
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00005549 * Adjust the cursor to the line with "while".
5550 */
5551 static int
5552cin_iswhileofdo_end(terminated, ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment)
5553 int terminated;
5554 int ind_maxparen;
5555 int ind_maxcomment;
5556{
5557 char_u *line;
5558 char_u *p;
5559 char_u *s;
5560 pos_T *trypos;
5561 int i;
5562
5563 if (terminated != ';') /* there must be a ';' at the end */
5564 return FALSE;
5565
5566 p = line = ml_get_curline();
5567 while (*p != NUL)
5568 {
5569 p = cin_skipcomment(p);
5570 if (*p == ')')
5571 {
5572 s = skipwhite(p + 1);
5573 if (*s == ';' && cin_nocode(s + 1))
5574 {
5575 /* Found ");" at end of the line, now check there is "while"
5576 * before the matching '('. XXX */
Bram Moolenaara93fa7e2006-04-17 22:14:47 +00005577 i = (int)(p - line);
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00005578 curwin->w_cursor.col = i;
5579 trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment);
5580 if (trypos != NULL)
5581 {
5582 s = cin_skipcomment(ml_get(trypos->lnum));
5583 if (*s == '}') /* accept "} while (cond);" */
5584 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 1);
5585 if (STRNCMP(s, "while", 5) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(s[5]))
5586 {
5587 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum;
5588 return TRUE;
5589 }
5590 }
5591
5592 /* Searching may have made "line" invalid, get it again. */
5593 line = ml_get_curline();
5594 p = line + i;
5595 }
5596 }
5597 if (*p != NUL)
5598 ++p;
5599 }
5600 return FALSE;
5601}
5602
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005603 static int
5604cin_isbreak(p)
5605 char_u *p;
5606{
5607 return (STRNCMP(p, "break", 5) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(p[5]));
5608}
5609
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00005610/*
5611 * Find the position of a C++ base-class declaration or
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005612 * constructor-initialization. eg:
5613 *
5614 * class MyClass :
5615 * baseClass <-- here
5616 * class MyClass : public baseClass,
5617 * anotherBaseClass <-- here (should probably lineup ??)
5618 * MyClass::MyClass(...) :
5619 * baseClass(...) <-- here (constructor-initialization)
Bram Moolenaar18144c82006-04-12 21:52:12 +00005620 *
5621 * This is a lot of guessing. Watch out for "cond ? func() : foo".
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005622 */
5623 static int
Bram Moolenaare7c56862007-08-04 10:14:52 +00005624cin_is_cpp_baseclass(col)
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00005625 colnr_T *col; /* return: column to align with */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005626{
5627 char_u *s;
5628 int class_or_struct, lookfor_ctor_init, cpp_base_class;
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00005629 linenr_T lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
Bram Moolenaare7c56862007-08-04 10:14:52 +00005630 char_u *line = ml_get_curline();
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005631
5632 *col = 0;
5633
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00005634 s = skipwhite(line);
5635 if (*s == '#') /* skip #define FOO x ? (x) : x */
5636 return FALSE;
5637 s = cin_skipcomment(s);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005638 if (*s == NUL)
5639 return FALSE;
5640
5641 cpp_base_class = lookfor_ctor_init = class_or_struct = FALSE;
5642
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00005643 /* Search for a line starting with '#', empty, ending in ';' or containing
5644 * '{' or '}' and start below it. This handles the following situations:
5645 * a = cond ?
5646 * func() :
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00005647 * asdf;
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00005648 * func::foo()
5649 * : something
5650 * {}
5651 * Foo::Foo (int one, int two)
5652 * : something(4),
5653 * somethingelse(3)
5654 * {}
5655 */
5656 while (lnum > 1)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005657 {
Bram Moolenaare7c56862007-08-04 10:14:52 +00005658 line = ml_get(lnum - 1);
5659 s = skipwhite(line);
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00005660 if (*s == '#' || *s == NUL)
5661 break;
5662 while (*s != NUL)
5663 {
5664 s = cin_skipcomment(s);
5665 if (*s == '{' || *s == '}'
5666 || (*s == ';' && cin_nocode(s + 1)))
5667 break;
5668 if (*s != NUL)
5669 ++s;
5670 }
5671 if (*s != NUL)
5672 break;
5673 --lnum;
5674 }
5675
Bram Moolenaare7c56862007-08-04 10:14:52 +00005676 line = ml_get(lnum);
5677 s = cin_skipcomment(line);
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00005678 for (;;)
5679 {
5680 if (*s == NUL)
5681 {
5682 if (lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum)
5683 break;
5684 /* Continue in the cursor line. */
Bram Moolenaare7c56862007-08-04 10:14:52 +00005685 line = ml_get(++lnum);
5686 s = cin_skipcomment(line);
5687 if (*s == NUL)
5688 continue;
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00005689 }
5690
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005691 if (s[0] == ':')
5692 {
5693 if (s[1] == ':')
5694 {
5695 /* skip double colon. It can't be a constructor
5696 * initialization any more */
5697 lookfor_ctor_init = FALSE;
5698 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 2);
5699 }
5700 else if (lookfor_ctor_init || class_or_struct)
5701 {
5702 /* we have something found, that looks like the start of
Bram Moolenaare21877a2008-02-13 09:58:14 +00005703 * cpp-base-class-declaration or constructor-initialization */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005704 cpp_base_class = TRUE;
5705 lookfor_ctor_init = class_or_struct = FALSE;
5706 *col = 0;
5707 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 1);
5708 }
5709 else
5710 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 1);
5711 }
5712 else if ((STRNCMP(s, "class", 5) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(s[5]))
5713 || (STRNCMP(s, "struct", 6) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(s[6])))
5714 {
5715 class_or_struct = TRUE;
5716 lookfor_ctor_init = FALSE;
5717
5718 if (*s == 'c')
5719 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 5);
5720 else
5721 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 6);
5722 }
5723 else
5724 {
5725 if (s[0] == '{' || s[0] == '}' || s[0] == ';')
5726 {
5727 cpp_base_class = lookfor_ctor_init = class_or_struct = FALSE;
5728 }
5729 else if (s[0] == ')')
5730 {
5731 /* Constructor-initialization is assumed if we come across
5732 * something like "):" */
5733 class_or_struct = FALSE;
5734 lookfor_ctor_init = TRUE;
5735 }
Bram Moolenaar18144c82006-04-12 21:52:12 +00005736 else if (s[0] == '?')
5737 {
5738 /* Avoid seeing '() :' after '?' as constructor init. */
5739 return FALSE;
5740 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005741 else if (!vim_isIDc(s[0]))
5742 {
5743 /* if it is not an identifier, we are wrong */
5744 class_or_struct = FALSE;
5745 lookfor_ctor_init = FALSE;
5746 }
5747 else if (*col == 0)
5748 {
5749 /* it can't be a constructor-initialization any more */
5750 lookfor_ctor_init = FALSE;
5751
5752 /* the first statement starts here: lineup with this one... */
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00005753 if (cpp_base_class)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005754 *col = (colnr_T)(s - line);
5755 }
5756
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00005757 /* When the line ends in a comma don't align with it. */
5758 if (lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum && *s == ',' && cin_nocode(s + 1))
5759 *col = 0;
5760
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005761 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 1);
5762 }
5763 }
5764
5765 return cpp_base_class;
5766}
5767
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00005768 static int
5769get_baseclass_amount(col, ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment, ind_cpp_baseclass)
5770 int col;
5771 int ind_maxparen;
5772 int ind_maxcomment;
5773 int ind_cpp_baseclass;
5774{
5775 int amount;
5776 colnr_T vcol;
5777 pos_T *trypos;
5778
5779 if (col == 0)
5780 {
5781 amount = get_indent();
5782 if (find_last_paren(ml_get_curline(), '(', ')')
5783 && (trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen,
5784 ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
5785 amount = get_indent_lnum(trypos->lnum); /* XXX */
5786 if (!cin_ends_in(ml_get_curline(), (char_u *)",", NULL))
5787 amount += ind_cpp_baseclass;
5788 }
5789 else
5790 {
5791 curwin->w_cursor.col = col;
5792 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &vcol, NULL, NULL);
5793 amount = (int)vcol;
5794 }
5795 if (amount < ind_cpp_baseclass)
5796 amount = ind_cpp_baseclass;
5797 return amount;
5798}
5799
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005800/*
5801 * Return TRUE if string "s" ends with the string "find", possibly followed by
5802 * white space and comments. Skip strings and comments.
5803 * Ignore "ignore" after "find" if it's not NULL.
5804 */
5805 static int
5806cin_ends_in(s, find, ignore)
5807 char_u *s;
5808 char_u *find;
5809 char_u *ignore;
5810{
5811 char_u *p = s;
5812 char_u *r;
5813 int len = (int)STRLEN(find);
5814
5815 while (*p != NUL)
5816 {
5817 p = cin_skipcomment(p);
5818 if (STRNCMP(p, find, len) == 0)
5819 {
5820 r = skipwhite(p + len);
5821 if (ignore != NULL && STRNCMP(r, ignore, STRLEN(ignore)) == 0)
5822 r = skipwhite(r + STRLEN(ignore));
5823 if (cin_nocode(r))
5824 return TRUE;
5825 }
5826 if (*p != NUL)
5827 ++p;
5828 }
5829 return FALSE;
5830}
5831
5832/*
5833 * Skip strings, chars and comments until at or past "trypos".
5834 * Return the column found.
5835 */
5836 static int
5837cin_skip2pos(trypos)
5838 pos_T *trypos;
5839{
5840 char_u *line;
5841 char_u *p;
5842
5843 p = line = ml_get(trypos->lnum);
5844 while (*p && (colnr_T)(p - line) < trypos->col)
5845 {
5846 if (cin_iscomment(p))
5847 p = cin_skipcomment(p);
5848 else
5849 {
5850 p = skip_string(p);
5851 ++p;
5852 }
5853 }
5854 return (int)(p - line);
5855}
5856
5857/*
5858 * Find the '{' at the start of the block we are in.
5859 * Return NULL if no match found.
5860 * Ignore a '{' that is in a comment, makes indenting the next three lines
5861 * work. */
5862/* foo() */
5863/* { */
5864/* } */
5865
5866 static pos_T *
5867find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment) /* XXX */
5868 int ind_maxcomment;
5869{
5870 pos_T cursor_save;
5871 pos_T *trypos;
5872 pos_T *pos;
5873 static pos_T pos_copy;
5874
5875 cursor_save = curwin->w_cursor;
5876 while ((trypos = findmatchlimit(NULL, '{', FM_BLOCKSTOP, 0)) != NULL)
5877 {
5878 pos_copy = *trypos; /* copy pos_T, next findmatch will change it */
5879 trypos = &pos_copy;
5880 curwin->w_cursor = *trypos;
5881 pos = NULL;
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00005882 /* ignore the { if it's in a // or / * * / comment */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005883 if ((colnr_T)cin_skip2pos(trypos) == trypos->col
5884 && (pos = find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment)) == NULL) /* XXX */
5885 break;
5886 if (pos != NULL)
5887 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum;
5888 }
5889 curwin->w_cursor = cursor_save;
5890 return trypos;
5891}
5892
5893/*
5894 * Find the matching '(', failing if it is in a comment.
5895 * Return NULL of no match found.
5896 */
5897 static pos_T *
5898find_match_paren(ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment) /* XXX */
5899 int ind_maxparen;
5900 int ind_maxcomment;
5901{
5902 pos_T cursor_save;
5903 pos_T *trypos;
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00005904 static pos_T pos_copy;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005905
5906 cursor_save = curwin->w_cursor;
5907 if ((trypos = findmatchlimit(NULL, '(', 0, ind_maxparen)) != NULL)
5908 {
5909 /* check if the ( is in a // comment */
5910 if ((colnr_T)cin_skip2pos(trypos) > trypos->col)
5911 trypos = NULL;
5912 else
5913 {
5914 pos_copy = *trypos; /* copy trypos, findmatch will change it */
5915 trypos = &pos_copy;
5916 curwin->w_cursor = *trypos;
5917 if (find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment) != NULL) /* XXX */
5918 trypos = NULL;
5919 }
5920 }
5921 curwin->w_cursor = cursor_save;
5922 return trypos;
5923}
5924
5925/*
5926 * Return ind_maxparen corrected for the difference in line number between the
5927 * cursor position and "startpos". This makes sure that searching for a
5928 * matching paren above the cursor line doesn't find a match because of
5929 * looking a few lines further.
5930 */
5931 static int
5932corr_ind_maxparen(ind_maxparen, startpos)
5933 int ind_maxparen;
5934 pos_T *startpos;
5935{
5936 long n = (long)startpos->lnum - (long)curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
5937
5938 if (n > 0 && n < ind_maxparen / 2)
5939 return ind_maxparen - (int)n;
5940 return ind_maxparen;
5941}
5942
5943/*
5944 * Set w_cursor.col to the column number of the last unmatched ')' or '{' in
5945 * line "l".
5946 */
5947 static int
5948find_last_paren(l, start, end)
5949 char_u *l;
5950 int start, end;
5951{
5952 int i;
5953 int retval = FALSE;
5954 int open_count = 0;
5955
5956 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; /* default is start of line */
5957
5958 for (i = 0; l[i]; i++)
5959 {
5960 i = (int)(cin_skipcomment(l + i) - l); /* ignore parens in comments */
5961 i = (int)(skip_string(l + i) - l); /* ignore parens in quotes */
5962 if (l[i] == start)
5963 ++open_count;
5964 else if (l[i] == end)
5965 {
5966 if (open_count > 0)
5967 --open_count;
5968 else
5969 {
5970 curwin->w_cursor.col = i;
5971 retval = TRUE;
5972 }
5973 }
5974 }
5975 return retval;
5976}
5977
5978 int
5979get_c_indent()
5980{
5981 /*
5982 * spaces from a block's opening brace the prevailing indent for that
5983 * block should be
5984 */
5985 int ind_level = curbuf->b_p_sw;
5986
5987 /*
5988 * spaces from the edge of the line an open brace that's at the end of a
5989 * line is imagined to be.
5990 */
5991 int ind_open_imag = 0;
5992
5993 /*
5994 * spaces from the prevailing indent for a line that is not precededof by
5995 * an opening brace.
5996 */
5997 int ind_no_brace = 0;
5998
5999 /*
6000 * column where the first { of a function should be located }
6001 */
6002 int ind_first_open = 0;
6003
6004 /*
6005 * spaces from the prevailing indent a leftmost open brace should be
6006 * located
6007 */
6008 int ind_open_extra = 0;
6009
6010 /*
6011 * spaces from the matching open brace (real location for one at the left
6012 * edge; imaginary location from one that ends a line) the matching close
6013 * brace should be located
6014 */
6015 int ind_close_extra = 0;
6016
6017 /*
6018 * spaces from the edge of the line an open brace sitting in the leftmost
6019 * column is imagined to be
6020 */
6021 int ind_open_left_imag = 0;
6022
6023 /*
6024 * spaces from the switch() indent a "case xx" label should be located
6025 */
6026 int ind_case = curbuf->b_p_sw;
6027
6028 /*
6029 * spaces from the "case xx:" code after a switch() should be located
6030 */
6031 int ind_case_code = curbuf->b_p_sw;
6032
6033 /*
6034 * lineup break at end of case in switch() with case label
6035 */
6036 int ind_case_break = 0;
6037
6038 /*
6039 * spaces from the class declaration indent a scope declaration label
6040 * should be located
6041 */
6042 int ind_scopedecl = curbuf->b_p_sw;
6043
6044 /*
6045 * spaces from the scope declaration label code should be located
6046 */
6047 int ind_scopedecl_code = curbuf->b_p_sw;
6048
6049 /*
6050 * amount K&R-style parameters should be indented
6051 */
6052 int ind_param = curbuf->b_p_sw;
6053
6054 /*
6055 * amount a function type spec should be indented
6056 */
6057 int ind_func_type = curbuf->b_p_sw;
6058
6059 /*
6060 * amount a cpp base class declaration or constructor initialization
6061 * should be indented
6062 */
6063 int ind_cpp_baseclass = curbuf->b_p_sw;
6064
6065 /*
6066 * additional spaces beyond the prevailing indent a continuation line
6067 * should be located
6068 */
6069 int ind_continuation = curbuf->b_p_sw;
6070
6071 /*
6072 * spaces from the indent of the line with an unclosed parentheses
6073 */
6074 int ind_unclosed = curbuf->b_p_sw * 2;
6075
6076 /*
6077 * spaces from the indent of the line with an unclosed parentheses, which
6078 * itself is also unclosed
6079 */
6080 int ind_unclosed2 = curbuf->b_p_sw;
6081
6082 /*
6083 * suppress ignoring spaces from the indent of a line starting with an
6084 * unclosed parentheses.
6085 */
6086 int ind_unclosed_noignore = 0;
6087
6088 /*
6089 * If the opening paren is the last nonwhite character on the line, and
6090 * ind_unclosed_wrapped is nonzero, use this indent relative to the outer
6091 * context (for very long lines).
6092 */
6093 int ind_unclosed_wrapped = 0;
6094
6095 /*
6096 * suppress ignoring white space when lining up with the character after
6097 * an unclosed parentheses.
6098 */
6099 int ind_unclosed_whiteok = 0;
6100
6101 /*
6102 * indent a closing parentheses under the line start of the matching
6103 * opening parentheses.
6104 */
6105 int ind_matching_paren = 0;
6106
6107 /*
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006108 * indent a closing parentheses under the previous line.
6109 */
6110 int ind_paren_prev = 0;
6111
6112 /*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006113 * Extra indent for comments.
6114 */
6115 int ind_comment = 0;
6116
6117 /*
6118 * spaces from the comment opener when there is nothing after it.
6119 */
6120 int ind_in_comment = 3;
6121
6122 /*
6123 * boolean: if non-zero, use ind_in_comment even if there is something
6124 * after the comment opener.
6125 */
6126 int ind_in_comment2 = 0;
6127
6128 /*
6129 * max lines to search for an open paren
6130 */
6131 int ind_maxparen = 20;
6132
6133 /*
6134 * max lines to search for an open comment
6135 */
6136 int ind_maxcomment = 70;
6137
6138 /*
6139 * handle braces for java code
6140 */
6141 int ind_java = 0;
6142
6143 /*
6144 * handle blocked cases correctly
6145 */
6146 int ind_keep_case_label = 0;
6147
6148 pos_T cur_curpos;
6149 int amount;
6150 int scope_amount;
Bram Moolenaarb21e5842006-04-16 18:30:08 +00006151 int cur_amount = MAXCOL;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006152 colnr_T col;
6153 char_u *theline;
6154 char_u *linecopy;
6155 pos_T *trypos;
6156 pos_T *tryposBrace = NULL;
6157 pos_T our_paren_pos;
6158 char_u *start;
6159 int start_brace;
Bram Moolenaare21877a2008-02-13 09:58:14 +00006160#define BRACE_IN_COL0 1 /* '{' is in column 0 */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006161#define BRACE_AT_START 2 /* '{' is at start of line */
6162#define BRACE_AT_END 3 /* '{' is at end of line */
6163 linenr_T ourscope;
6164 char_u *l;
6165 char_u *look;
6166 char_u terminated;
6167 int lookfor;
6168#define LOOKFOR_INITIAL 0
6169#define LOOKFOR_IF 1
6170#define LOOKFOR_DO 2
6171#define LOOKFOR_CASE 3
6172#define LOOKFOR_ANY 4
6173#define LOOKFOR_TERM 5
6174#define LOOKFOR_UNTERM 6
6175#define LOOKFOR_SCOPEDECL 7
6176#define LOOKFOR_NOBREAK 8
6177#define LOOKFOR_CPP_BASECLASS 9
6178#define LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT 10
6179
6180 int whilelevel;
6181 linenr_T lnum;
6182 char_u *options;
6183 int fraction = 0; /* init for GCC */
6184 int divider;
6185 int n;
6186 int iscase;
6187 int lookfor_break;
6188 int cont_amount = 0; /* amount for continuation line */
6189
6190 for (options = curbuf->b_p_cino; *options; )
6191 {
6192 l = options++;
6193 if (*options == '-')
6194 ++options;
6195 n = getdigits(&options);
6196 divider = 0;
6197 if (*options == '.') /* ".5s" means a fraction */
6198 {
6199 fraction = atol((char *)++options);
6200 while (VIM_ISDIGIT(*options))
6201 {
6202 ++options;
6203 if (divider)
6204 divider *= 10;
6205 else
6206 divider = 10;
6207 }
6208 }
6209 if (*options == 's') /* "2s" means two times 'shiftwidth' */
6210 {
6211 if (n == 0 && fraction == 0)
6212 n = curbuf->b_p_sw; /* just "s" is one 'shiftwidth' */
6213 else
6214 {
6215 n *= curbuf->b_p_sw;
6216 if (divider)
6217 n += (curbuf->b_p_sw * fraction + divider / 2) / divider;
6218 }
6219 ++options;
6220 }
6221 if (l[1] == '-')
6222 n = -n;
6223 /* When adding an entry here, also update the default 'cinoptions' in
Bram Moolenaar39353fd2007-03-27 09:02:11 +00006224 * doc/indent.txt, and add explanation for it! */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006225 switch (*l)
6226 {
6227 case '>': ind_level = n; break;
6228 case 'e': ind_open_imag = n; break;
6229 case 'n': ind_no_brace = n; break;
6230 case 'f': ind_first_open = n; break;
6231 case '{': ind_open_extra = n; break;
6232 case '}': ind_close_extra = n; break;
6233 case '^': ind_open_left_imag = n; break;
6234 case ':': ind_case = n; break;
6235 case '=': ind_case_code = n; break;
6236 case 'b': ind_case_break = n; break;
6237 case 'p': ind_param = n; break;
6238 case 't': ind_func_type = n; break;
6239 case '/': ind_comment = n; break;
6240 case 'c': ind_in_comment = n; break;
6241 case 'C': ind_in_comment2 = n; break;
6242 case 'i': ind_cpp_baseclass = n; break;
6243 case '+': ind_continuation = n; break;
6244 case '(': ind_unclosed = n; break;
6245 case 'u': ind_unclosed2 = n; break;
6246 case 'U': ind_unclosed_noignore = n; break;
6247 case 'W': ind_unclosed_wrapped = n; break;
6248 case 'w': ind_unclosed_whiteok = n; break;
6249 case 'm': ind_matching_paren = n; break;
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006250 case 'M': ind_paren_prev = n; break;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006251 case ')': ind_maxparen = n; break;
6252 case '*': ind_maxcomment = n; break;
6253 case 'g': ind_scopedecl = n; break;
6254 case 'h': ind_scopedecl_code = n; break;
6255 case 'j': ind_java = n; break;
6256 case 'l': ind_keep_case_label = n; break;
Bram Moolenaar39353fd2007-03-27 09:02:11 +00006257 case '#': ind_hash_comment = n; break;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006258 }
6259 }
6260
6261 /* remember where the cursor was when we started */
6262 cur_curpos = curwin->w_cursor;
6263
6264 /* Get a copy of the current contents of the line.
6265 * This is required, because only the most recent line obtained with
6266 * ml_get is valid! */
6267 linecopy = vim_strsave(ml_get(cur_curpos.lnum));
6268 if (linecopy == NULL)
6269 return 0;
6270
6271 /*
6272 * In insert mode and the cursor is on a ')' truncate the line at the
6273 * cursor position. We don't want to line up with the matching '(' when
6274 * inserting new stuff.
6275 * For unknown reasons the cursor might be past the end of the line, thus
6276 * check for that.
6277 */
6278 if ((State & INSERT)
6279 && curwin->w_cursor.col < STRLEN(linecopy)
6280 && linecopy[curwin->w_cursor.col] == ')')
6281 linecopy[curwin->w_cursor.col] = NUL;
6282
6283 theline = skipwhite(linecopy);
6284
6285 /* move the cursor to the start of the line */
6286
6287 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
6288
6289 /*
6290 * #defines and so on always go at the left when included in 'cinkeys'.
6291 */
6292 if (*theline == '#' && (*linecopy == '#' || in_cinkeys('#', ' ', TRUE)))
6293 {
6294 amount = 0;
6295 }
6296
6297 /*
6298 * Is it a non-case label? Then that goes at the left margin too.
6299 */
6300 else if (cin_islabel(ind_maxcomment)) /* XXX */
6301 {
6302 amount = 0;
6303 }
6304
6305 /*
6306 * If we're inside a "//" comment and there is a "//" comment in a
6307 * previous line, lineup with that one.
6308 */
6309 else if (cin_islinecomment(theline)
6310 && (trypos = find_line_comment()) != NULL) /* XXX */
6311 {
6312 /* find how indented the line beginning the comment is */
6313 getvcol(curwin, trypos, &col, NULL, NULL);
6314 amount = col;
6315 }
6316
6317 /*
6318 * If we're inside a comment and not looking at the start of the
6319 * comment, try using the 'comments' option.
6320 */
6321 else if (!cin_iscomment(theline)
6322 && (trypos = find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment)) != NULL) /* XXX */
6323 {
6324 int lead_start_len = 2;
6325 int lead_middle_len = 1;
6326 char_u lead_start[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* start-comment string */
6327 char_u lead_middle[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* middle-comment string */
6328 char_u lead_end[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* end-comment string */
6329 char_u *p;
6330 int start_align = 0;
6331 int start_off = 0;
6332 int done = FALSE;
6333
6334 /* find how indented the line beginning the comment is */
6335 getvcol(curwin, trypos, &col, NULL, NULL);
6336 amount = col;
6337
6338 p = curbuf->b_p_com;
6339 while (*p != NUL)
6340 {
6341 int align = 0;
6342 int off = 0;
6343 int what = 0;
6344
6345 while (*p != NUL && *p != ':')
6346 {
6347 if (*p == COM_START || *p == COM_END || *p == COM_MIDDLE)
6348 what = *p++;
6349 else if (*p == COM_LEFT || *p == COM_RIGHT)
6350 align = *p++;
6351 else if (VIM_ISDIGIT(*p) || *p == '-')
6352 off = getdigits(&p);
6353 else
6354 ++p;
6355 }
6356
6357 if (*p == ':')
6358 ++p;
6359 (void)copy_option_part(&p, lead_end, COM_MAX_LEN, ",");
6360 if (what == COM_START)
6361 {
6362 STRCPY(lead_start, lead_end);
6363 lead_start_len = (int)STRLEN(lead_start);
6364 start_off = off;
6365 start_align = align;
6366 }
6367 else if (what == COM_MIDDLE)
6368 {
6369 STRCPY(lead_middle, lead_end);
6370 lead_middle_len = (int)STRLEN(lead_middle);
6371 }
6372 else if (what == COM_END)
6373 {
6374 /* If our line starts with the middle comment string, line it
6375 * up with the comment opener per the 'comments' option. */
6376 if (STRNCMP(theline, lead_middle, lead_middle_len) == 0
6377 && STRNCMP(theline, lead_end, STRLEN(lead_end)) != 0)
6378 {
6379 done = TRUE;
6380 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
6381 {
6382 /* If the start comment string matches in the previous
Bram Moolenaare21877a2008-02-13 09:58:14 +00006383 * line, use the indent of that line plus offset. If
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006384 * the middle comment string matches in the previous
6385 * line, use the indent of that line. XXX */
6386 look = skipwhite(ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1));
6387 if (STRNCMP(look, lead_start, lead_start_len) == 0)
6388 amount = get_indent_lnum(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1);
6389 else if (STRNCMP(look, lead_middle,
6390 lead_middle_len) == 0)
6391 {
6392 amount = get_indent_lnum(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1);
6393 break;
6394 }
6395 /* If the start comment string doesn't match with the
6396 * start of the comment, skip this entry. XXX */
6397 else if (STRNCMP(ml_get(trypos->lnum) + trypos->col,
6398 lead_start, lead_start_len) != 0)
6399 continue;
6400 }
6401 if (start_off != 0)
6402 amount += start_off;
6403 else if (start_align == COM_RIGHT)
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00006404 amount += vim_strsize(lead_start)
6405 - vim_strsize(lead_middle);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006406 break;
6407 }
6408
6409 /* If our line starts with the end comment string, line it up
6410 * with the middle comment */
6411 if (STRNCMP(theline, lead_middle, lead_middle_len) != 0
6412 && STRNCMP(theline, lead_end, STRLEN(lead_end)) == 0)
6413 {
6414 amount = get_indent_lnum(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1);
6415 /* XXX */
6416 if (off != 0)
6417 amount += off;
6418 else if (align == COM_RIGHT)
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00006419 amount += vim_strsize(lead_start)
6420 - vim_strsize(lead_middle);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006421 done = TRUE;
6422 break;
6423 }
6424 }
6425 }
6426
6427 /* If our line starts with an asterisk, line up with the
6428 * asterisk in the comment opener; otherwise, line up
6429 * with the first character of the comment text.
6430 */
6431 if (done)
6432 ;
6433 else if (theline[0] == '*')
6434 amount += 1;
6435 else
6436 {
6437 /*
6438 * If we are more than one line away from the comment opener, take
6439 * the indent of the previous non-empty line. If 'cino' has "CO"
6440 * and we are just below the comment opener and there are any
6441 * white characters after it line up with the text after it;
6442 * otherwise, add the amount specified by "c" in 'cino'
6443 */
6444 amount = -1;
6445 for (lnum = cur_curpos.lnum - 1; lnum > trypos->lnum; --lnum)
6446 {
6447 if (linewhite(lnum)) /* skip blank lines */
6448 continue;
6449 amount = get_indent_lnum(lnum); /* XXX */
6450 break;
6451 }
6452 if (amount == -1) /* use the comment opener */
6453 {
6454 if (!ind_in_comment2)
6455 {
6456 start = ml_get(trypos->lnum);
6457 look = start + trypos->col + 2; /* skip / and * */
6458 if (*look != NUL) /* if something after it */
6459 trypos->col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite(look) - start);
6460 }
6461 getvcol(curwin, trypos, &col, NULL, NULL);
6462 amount = col;
6463 if (ind_in_comment2 || *look == NUL)
6464 amount += ind_in_comment;
6465 }
6466 }
6467 }
6468
6469 /*
6470 * Are we inside parentheses or braces?
6471 */ /* XXX */
6472 else if (((trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment)) != NULL
6473 && ind_java == 0)
6474 || (tryposBrace = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment)) != NULL
6475 || trypos != NULL)
6476 {
6477 if (trypos != NULL && tryposBrace != NULL)
6478 {
6479 /* Both an unmatched '(' and '{' is found. Use the one which is
6480 * closer to the current cursor position, set the other to NULL. */
6481 if (trypos->lnum != tryposBrace->lnum
6482 ? trypos->lnum < tryposBrace->lnum
6483 : trypos->col < tryposBrace->col)
6484 trypos = NULL;
6485 else
6486 tryposBrace = NULL;
6487 }
6488
6489 if (trypos != NULL)
6490 {
6491 /*
6492 * If the matching paren is more than one line away, use the indent of
6493 * a previous non-empty line that matches the same paren.
6494 */
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006495 if (theline[0] == ')' && ind_paren_prev)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006496 {
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006497 /* Line up with the start of the matching paren line. */
6498 amount = get_indent_lnum(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1); /* XXX */
6499 }
6500 else
6501 {
6502 amount = -1;
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006503 our_paren_pos = *trypos;
6504 for (lnum = cur_curpos.lnum - 1; lnum > our_paren_pos.lnum; --lnum)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006505 {
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006506 l = skipwhite(ml_get(lnum));
6507 if (cin_nocode(l)) /* skip comment lines */
6508 continue;
6509 if (cin_ispreproc_cont(&l, &lnum))
6510 continue; /* ignore #define, #if, etc. */
6511 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006512
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006513 /* Skip a comment. XXX */
6514 if ((trypos = find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
6515 {
6516 lnum = trypos->lnum + 1;
6517 continue;
6518 }
6519
6520 /* XXX */
6521 if ((trypos = find_match_paren(
6522 corr_ind_maxparen(ind_maxparen, &cur_curpos),
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006523 ind_maxcomment)) != NULL
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006524 && trypos->lnum == our_paren_pos.lnum
6525 && trypos->col == our_paren_pos.col)
6526 {
6527 amount = get_indent_lnum(lnum); /* XXX */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006528
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006529 if (theline[0] == ')')
6530 {
6531 if (our_paren_pos.lnum != lnum
6532 && cur_amount > amount)
6533 cur_amount = amount;
6534 amount = -1;
6535 }
6536 break;
6537 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006538 }
6539 }
6540
6541 /*
6542 * Line up with line where the matching paren is. XXX
6543 * If the line starts with a '(' or the indent for unclosed
6544 * parentheses is zero, line up with the unclosed parentheses.
6545 */
6546 if (amount == -1)
6547 {
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006548 int ignore_paren_col = 0;
6549
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006550 amount = skip_label(our_paren_pos.lnum, &look, ind_maxcomment);
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006551 look = skipwhite(look);
6552 if (*look == '(')
6553 {
6554 linenr_T save_lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
6555 char_u *line;
6556 int look_col;
6557
6558 /* Ignore a '(' in front of the line that has a match before
6559 * our matching '('. */
6560 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = our_paren_pos.lnum;
6561 line = ml_get_curline();
Bram Moolenaara93fa7e2006-04-17 22:14:47 +00006562 look_col = (int)(look - line);
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006563 curwin->w_cursor.col = look_col + 1;
6564 if ((trypos = findmatchlimit(NULL, ')', 0, ind_maxparen))
6565 != NULL
6566 && trypos->lnum == our_paren_pos.lnum
6567 && trypos->col < our_paren_pos.col)
6568 ignore_paren_col = trypos->col + 1;
6569
6570 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = save_lnum;
6571 look = ml_get(our_paren_pos.lnum) + look_col;
6572 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006573 if (theline[0] == ')' || ind_unclosed == 0
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006574 || (!ind_unclosed_noignore && *look == '('
6575 && ignore_paren_col == 0))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006576 {
6577 /*
6578 * If we're looking at a close paren, line up right there;
6579 * otherwise, line up with the next (non-white) character.
6580 * When ind_unclosed_wrapped is set and the matching paren is
6581 * the last nonwhite character of the line, use either the
6582 * indent of the current line or the indentation of the next
6583 * outer paren and add ind_unclosed_wrapped (for very long
6584 * lines).
6585 */
6586 if (theline[0] != ')')
6587 {
6588 cur_amount = MAXCOL;
6589 l = ml_get(our_paren_pos.lnum);
6590 if (ind_unclosed_wrapped
6591 && cin_ends_in(l, (char_u *)"(", NULL))
6592 {
6593 /* look for opening unmatched paren, indent one level
6594 * for each additional level */
6595 n = 1;
6596 for (col = 0; col < our_paren_pos.col; ++col)
6597 {
6598 switch (l[col])
6599 {
6600 case '(':
6601 case '{': ++n;
6602 break;
6603
6604 case ')':
6605 case '}': if (n > 1)
6606 --n;
6607 break;
6608 }
6609 }
6610
6611 our_paren_pos.col = 0;
6612 amount += n * ind_unclosed_wrapped;
6613 }
6614 else if (ind_unclosed_whiteok)
6615 our_paren_pos.col++;
6616 else
6617 {
6618 col = our_paren_pos.col + 1;
6619 while (vim_iswhite(l[col]))
6620 col++;
6621 if (l[col] != NUL) /* In case of trailing space */
6622 our_paren_pos.col = col;
6623 else
6624 our_paren_pos.col++;
6625 }
6626 }
6627
6628 /*
6629 * Find how indented the paren is, or the character after it
6630 * if we did the above "if".
6631 */
6632 if (our_paren_pos.col > 0)
6633 {
6634 getvcol(curwin, &our_paren_pos, &col, NULL, NULL);
6635 if (cur_amount > (int)col)
6636 cur_amount = col;
6637 }
6638 }
6639
6640 if (theline[0] == ')' && ind_matching_paren)
6641 {
6642 /* Line up with the start of the matching paren line. */
6643 }
6644 else if (ind_unclosed == 0 || (!ind_unclosed_noignore
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006645 && *look == '(' && ignore_paren_col == 0))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006646 {
6647 if (cur_amount != MAXCOL)
6648 amount = cur_amount;
6649 }
6650 else
6651 {
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006652 /* Add ind_unclosed2 for each '(' before our matching one, but
6653 * ignore (void) before the line (ignore_paren_col). */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006654 col = our_paren_pos.col;
Bram Moolenaarb21e5842006-04-16 18:30:08 +00006655 while ((int)our_paren_pos.col > ignore_paren_col)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006656 {
6657 --our_paren_pos.col;
6658 switch (*ml_get_pos(&our_paren_pos))
6659 {
6660 case '(': amount += ind_unclosed2;
6661 col = our_paren_pos.col;
6662 break;
6663 case ')': amount -= ind_unclosed2;
6664 col = MAXCOL;
6665 break;
6666 }
6667 }
6668
6669 /* Use ind_unclosed once, when the first '(' is not inside
6670 * braces */
6671 if (col == MAXCOL)
6672 amount += ind_unclosed;
6673 else
6674 {
6675 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = our_paren_pos.lnum;
6676 curwin->w_cursor.col = col;
6677 if ((trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen,
6678 ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
6679 amount += ind_unclosed2;
6680 else
6681 amount += ind_unclosed;
6682 }
6683 /*
6684 * For a line starting with ')' use the minimum of the two
6685 * positions, to avoid giving it more indent than the previous
6686 * lines:
6687 * func_long_name( if (x
6688 * arg && yy
6689 * ) ^ not here ) ^ not here
6690 */
6691 if (cur_amount < amount)
6692 amount = cur_amount;
6693 }
6694 }
6695
6696 /* add extra indent for a comment */
6697 if (cin_iscomment(theline))
6698 amount += ind_comment;
6699 }
6700
6701 /*
6702 * Are we at least inside braces, then?
6703 */
6704 else
6705 {
6706 trypos = tryposBrace;
6707
6708 ourscope = trypos->lnum;
6709 start = ml_get(ourscope);
6710
6711 /*
6712 * Now figure out how indented the line is in general.
6713 * If the brace was at the start of the line, we use that;
6714 * otherwise, check out the indentation of the line as
6715 * a whole and then add the "imaginary indent" to that.
6716 */
6717 look = skipwhite(start);
6718 if (*look == '{')
6719 {
6720 getvcol(curwin, trypos, &col, NULL, NULL);
6721 amount = col;
6722 if (*start == '{')
6723 start_brace = BRACE_IN_COL0;
6724 else
6725 start_brace = BRACE_AT_START;
6726 }
6727 else
6728 {
6729 /*
6730 * that opening brace might have been on a continuation
6731 * line. if so, find the start of the line.
6732 */
6733 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = ourscope;
6734
6735 /*
6736 * position the cursor over the rightmost paren, so that
6737 * matching it will take us back to the start of the line.
6738 */
6739 lnum = ourscope;
6740 if (find_last_paren(start, '(', ')')
6741 && (trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen,
6742 ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
6743 lnum = trypos->lnum;
6744
6745 /*
6746 * It could have been something like
6747 * case 1: if (asdf &&
6748 * ldfd) {
6749 * }
6750 */
6751 if (ind_keep_case_label && cin_iscase(skipwhite(ml_get_curline())))
6752 amount = get_indent();
6753 else
6754 amount = skip_label(lnum, &l, ind_maxcomment);
6755
6756 start_brace = BRACE_AT_END;
6757 }
6758
6759 /*
6760 * if we're looking at a closing brace, that's where
6761 * we want to be. otherwise, add the amount of room
6762 * that an indent is supposed to be.
6763 */
6764 if (theline[0] == '}')
6765 {
6766 /*
6767 * they may want closing braces to line up with something
6768 * other than the open brace. indulge them, if so.
6769 */
6770 amount += ind_close_extra;
6771 }
6772 else
6773 {
6774 /*
6775 * If we're looking at an "else", try to find an "if"
6776 * to match it with.
6777 * If we're looking at a "while", try to find a "do"
6778 * to match it with.
6779 */
6780 lookfor = LOOKFOR_INITIAL;
6781 if (cin_iselse(theline))
6782 lookfor = LOOKFOR_IF;
6783 else if (cin_iswhileofdo(theline, cur_curpos.lnum, ind_maxparen))
6784 /* XXX */
6785 lookfor = LOOKFOR_DO;
6786 if (lookfor != LOOKFOR_INITIAL)
6787 {
6788 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = cur_curpos.lnum;
6789 if (find_match(lookfor, ourscope, ind_maxparen,
6790 ind_maxcomment) == OK)
6791 {
6792 amount = get_indent(); /* XXX */
6793 goto theend;
6794 }
6795 }
6796
6797 /*
6798 * We get here if we are not on an "while-of-do" or "else" (or
6799 * failed to find a matching "if").
6800 * Search backwards for something to line up with.
6801 * First set amount for when we don't find anything.
6802 */
6803
6804 /*
6805 * if the '{' is _really_ at the left margin, use the imaginary
6806 * location of a left-margin brace. Otherwise, correct the
6807 * location for ind_open_extra.
6808 */
6809
6810 if (start_brace == BRACE_IN_COL0) /* '{' is in column 0 */
6811 {
6812 amount = ind_open_left_imag;
6813 }
6814 else
6815 {
6816 if (start_brace == BRACE_AT_END) /* '{' is at end of line */
6817 amount += ind_open_imag;
6818 else
6819 {
6820 /* Compensate for adding ind_open_extra later. */
6821 amount -= ind_open_extra;
6822 if (amount < 0)
6823 amount = 0;
6824 }
6825 }
6826
6827 lookfor_break = FALSE;
6828
6829 if (cin_iscase(theline)) /* it's a switch() label */
6830 {
6831 lookfor = LOOKFOR_CASE; /* find a previous switch() label */
6832 amount += ind_case;
6833 }
6834 else if (cin_isscopedecl(theline)) /* private:, ... */
6835 {
6836 lookfor = LOOKFOR_SCOPEDECL; /* class decl is this block */
6837 amount += ind_scopedecl;
6838 }
6839 else
6840 {
6841 if (ind_case_break && cin_isbreak(theline)) /* break; ... */
6842 lookfor_break = TRUE;
6843
6844 lookfor = LOOKFOR_INITIAL;
6845 amount += ind_level; /* ind_level from start of block */
6846 }
6847 scope_amount = amount;
6848 whilelevel = 0;
6849
6850 /*
6851 * Search backwards. If we find something we recognize, line up
6852 * with that.
6853 *
6854 * if we're looking at an open brace, indent
6855 * the usual amount relative to the conditional
6856 * that opens the block.
6857 */
6858 curwin->w_cursor = cur_curpos;
6859 for (;;)
6860 {
6861 curwin->w_cursor.lnum--;
6862 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
6863
6864 /*
6865 * If we went all the way back to the start of our scope, line
6866 * up with it.
6867 */
6868 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum <= ourscope)
6869 {
6870 /* we reached end of scope:
6871 * if looking for a enum or structure initialization
6872 * go further back:
6873 * if it is an initializer (enum xxx or xxx =), then
6874 * don't add ind_continuation, otherwise it is a variable
6875 * declaration:
6876 * int x,
6877 * here; <-- add ind_continuation
6878 */
6879 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT)
6880 {
6881 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == 0
6882 || curwin->w_cursor.lnum
6883 < ourscope - ind_maxparen)
6884 {
6885 /* nothing found (abuse ind_maxparen as limit)
6886 * assume terminated line (i.e. a variable
6887 * initialization) */
6888 if (cont_amount > 0)
6889 amount = cont_amount;
6890 else
6891 amount += ind_continuation;
6892 break;
6893 }
6894
6895 l = ml_get_curline();
6896
6897 /*
6898 * If we're in a comment now, skip to the start of the
6899 * comment.
6900 */
6901 trypos = find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment);
6902 if (trypos != NULL)
6903 {
6904 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum + 1;
Bram Moolenaarddfc9782008-02-25 20:55:22 +00006905 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006906 continue;
6907 }
6908
6909 /*
6910 * Skip preprocessor directives and blank lines.
6911 */
6912 if (cin_ispreproc_cont(&l, &curwin->w_cursor.lnum))
6913 continue;
6914
6915 if (cin_nocode(l))
6916 continue;
6917
6918 terminated = cin_isterminated(l, FALSE, TRUE);
6919
6920 /*
6921 * If we are at top level and the line looks like a
6922 * function declaration, we are done
6923 * (it's a variable declaration).
6924 */
6925 if (start_brace != BRACE_IN_COL0
6926 || !cin_isfuncdecl(&l, curwin->w_cursor.lnum))
6927 {
6928 /* if the line is terminated with another ','
6929 * it is a continued variable initialization.
6930 * don't add extra indent.
6931 * TODO: does not work, if a function
6932 * declaration is split over multiple lines:
6933 * cin_isfuncdecl returns FALSE then.
6934 */
6935 if (terminated == ',')
6936 break;
6937
6938 /* if it es a enum declaration or an assignment,
6939 * we are done.
6940 */
6941 if (terminated != ';' && cin_isinit())
6942 break;
6943
6944 /* nothing useful found */
6945 if (terminated == 0 || terminated == '{')
6946 continue;
6947 }
6948
6949 if (terminated != ';')
6950 {
6951 /* Skip parens and braces. Position the cursor
6952 * over the rightmost paren, so that matching it
6953 * will take us back to the start of the line.
6954 */ /* XXX */
6955 trypos = NULL;
6956 if (find_last_paren(l, '(', ')'))
6957 trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen,
6958 ind_maxcomment);
6959
6960 if (trypos == NULL && find_last_paren(l, '{', '}'))
6961 trypos = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment);
6962
6963 if (trypos != NULL)
6964 {
6965 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum + 1;
Bram Moolenaarddfc9782008-02-25 20:55:22 +00006966 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006967 continue;
6968 }
6969 }
6970
6971 /* it's a variable declaration, add indentation
6972 * like in
6973 * int a,
6974 * b;
6975 */
6976 if (cont_amount > 0)
6977 amount = cont_amount;
6978 else
6979 amount += ind_continuation;
6980 }
6981 else if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM)
6982 {
6983 if (cont_amount > 0)
6984 amount = cont_amount;
6985 else
6986 amount += ind_continuation;
6987 }
6988 else if (lookfor != LOOKFOR_TERM
6989 && lookfor != LOOKFOR_CPP_BASECLASS)
6990 {
6991 amount = scope_amount;
6992 if (theline[0] == '{')
6993 amount += ind_open_extra;
6994 }
6995 break;
6996 }
6997
6998 /*
6999 * If we're in a comment now, skip to the start of the comment.
7000 */ /* XXX */
7001 if ((trypos = find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
7002 {
7003 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum + 1;
Bram Moolenaarddfc9782008-02-25 20:55:22 +00007004 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007005 continue;
7006 }
7007
7008 l = ml_get_curline();
7009
7010 /*
7011 * If this is a switch() label, may line up relative to that.
Bram Moolenaar18144c82006-04-12 21:52:12 +00007012 * If this is a C++ scope declaration, do the same.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007013 */
7014 iscase = cin_iscase(l);
7015 if (iscase || cin_isscopedecl(l))
7016 {
7017 /* we are only looking for cpp base class
7018 * declaration/initialization any longer */
7019 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_CPP_BASECLASS)
7020 break;
7021
7022 /* When looking for a "do" we are not interested in
7023 * labels. */
7024 if (whilelevel > 0)
7025 continue;
7026
7027 /*
7028 * case xx:
7029 * c = 99 + <- this indent plus continuation
7030 *-> here;
7031 */
7032 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM
7033 || lookfor == LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT)
7034 {
7035 if (cont_amount > 0)
7036 amount = cont_amount;
7037 else
7038 amount += ind_continuation;
7039 break;
7040 }
7041
7042 /*
7043 * case xx: <- line up with this case
7044 * x = 333;
7045 * case yy:
7046 */
7047 if ( (iscase && lookfor == LOOKFOR_CASE)
7048 || (iscase && lookfor_break)
7049 || (!iscase && lookfor == LOOKFOR_SCOPEDECL))
7050 {
7051 /*
7052 * Check that this case label is not for another
7053 * switch()
7054 */ /* XXX */
7055 if ((trypos = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment)) ==
7056 NULL || trypos->lnum == ourscope)
7057 {
7058 amount = get_indent(); /* XXX */
7059 break;
7060 }
7061 continue;
7062 }
7063
7064 n = get_indent_nolabel(curwin->w_cursor.lnum); /* XXX */
7065
7066 /*
7067 * case xx: if (cond) <- line up with this if
7068 * y = y + 1;
7069 * -> s = 99;
7070 *
7071 * case xx:
7072 * if (cond) <- line up with this line
7073 * y = y + 1;
7074 * -> s = 99;
7075 */
7076 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_TERM)
7077 {
7078 if (n)
7079 amount = n;
7080
7081 if (!lookfor_break)
7082 break;
7083 }
7084
7085 /*
7086 * case xx: x = x + 1; <- line up with this x
7087 * -> y = y + 1;
7088 *
7089 * case xx: if (cond) <- line up with this if
7090 * -> y = y + 1;
7091 */
7092 if (n)
7093 {
7094 amount = n;
7095 l = after_label(ml_get_curline());
7096 if (l != NULL && cin_is_cinword(l))
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00007097 {
7098 if (theline[0] == '{')
7099 amount += ind_open_extra;
7100 else
7101 amount += ind_level + ind_no_brace;
7102 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007103 break;
7104 }
7105
7106 /*
7107 * Try to get the indent of a statement before the switch
7108 * label. If nothing is found, line up relative to the
7109 * switch label.
7110 * break; <- may line up with this line
7111 * case xx:
7112 * -> y = 1;
7113 */
7114 scope_amount = get_indent() + (iscase /* XXX */
7115 ? ind_case_code : ind_scopedecl_code);
7116 lookfor = ind_case_break ? LOOKFOR_NOBREAK : LOOKFOR_ANY;
7117 continue;
7118 }
7119
7120 /*
7121 * Looking for a switch() label or C++ scope declaration,
7122 * ignore other lines, skip {}-blocks.
7123 */
7124 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_CASE || lookfor == LOOKFOR_SCOPEDECL)
7125 {
7126 if (find_last_paren(l, '{', '}') && (trypos =
7127 find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
Bram Moolenaarddfc9782008-02-25 20:55:22 +00007128 {
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007129 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum + 1;
Bram Moolenaarddfc9782008-02-25 20:55:22 +00007130 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
7131 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007132 continue;
7133 }
7134
7135 /*
7136 * Ignore jump labels with nothing after them.
7137 */
7138 if (cin_islabel(ind_maxcomment))
7139 {
7140 l = after_label(ml_get_curline());
7141 if (l == NULL || cin_nocode(l))
7142 continue;
7143 }
7144
7145 /*
7146 * Ignore #defines, #if, etc.
7147 * Ignore comment and empty lines.
7148 * (need to get the line again, cin_islabel() may have
7149 * unlocked it)
7150 */
7151 l = ml_get_curline();
7152 if (cin_ispreproc_cont(&l, &curwin->w_cursor.lnum)
7153 || cin_nocode(l))
7154 continue;
7155
7156 /*
7157 * Are we at the start of a cpp base class declaration or
7158 * constructor initialization?
7159 */ /* XXX */
Bram Moolenaar18144c82006-04-12 21:52:12 +00007160 n = FALSE;
7161 if (lookfor != LOOKFOR_TERM && ind_cpp_baseclass > 0)
7162 {
Bram Moolenaare7c56862007-08-04 10:14:52 +00007163 n = cin_is_cpp_baseclass(&col);
Bram Moolenaar18144c82006-04-12 21:52:12 +00007164 l = ml_get_curline();
7165 }
7166 if (n)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007167 {
7168 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM)
7169 {
7170 if (cont_amount > 0)
7171 amount = cont_amount;
7172 else
7173 amount += ind_continuation;
7174 }
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00007175 else if (theline[0] == '{')
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007176 {
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00007177 /* Need to find start of the declaration. */
7178 lookfor = LOOKFOR_UNTERM;
7179 ind_continuation = 0;
7180 continue;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007181 }
7182 else
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00007183 /* XXX */
7184 amount = get_baseclass_amount(col, ind_maxparen,
7185 ind_maxcomment, ind_cpp_baseclass);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007186 break;
7187 }
7188 else if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_CPP_BASECLASS)
7189 {
7190 /* only look, whether there is a cpp base class
Bram Moolenaar18144c82006-04-12 21:52:12 +00007191 * declaration or initialization before the opening brace.
7192 */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007193 if (cin_isterminated(l, TRUE, FALSE))
7194 break;
7195 else
7196 continue;
7197 }
7198
7199 /*
7200 * What happens next depends on the line being terminated.
7201 * If terminated with a ',' only consider it terminating if
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00007202 * there is another unterminated statement behind, eg:
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007203 * 123,
7204 * sizeof
7205 * here
7206 * Otherwise check whether it is a enumeration or structure
7207 * initialisation (not indented) or a variable declaration
7208 * (indented).
7209 */
7210 terminated = cin_isterminated(l, FALSE, TRUE);
7211
7212 if (terminated == 0 || (lookfor != LOOKFOR_UNTERM
7213 && terminated == ','))
7214 {
7215 /*
7216 * if we're in the middle of a paren thing,
7217 * go back to the line that starts it so
7218 * we can get the right prevailing indent
7219 * if ( foo &&
7220 * bar )
7221 */
7222 /*
7223 * position the cursor over the rightmost paren, so that
7224 * matching it will take us back to the start of the line.
7225 */
7226 (void)find_last_paren(l, '(', ')');
7227 trypos = find_match_paren(
7228 corr_ind_maxparen(ind_maxparen, &cur_curpos),
7229 ind_maxcomment);
7230
7231 /*
7232 * If we are looking for ',', we also look for matching
7233 * braces.
7234 */
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00007235 if (trypos == NULL && terminated == ','
7236 && find_last_paren(l, '{', '}'))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007237 trypos = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment);
7238
7239 if (trypos != NULL)
7240 {
7241 /*
7242 * Check if we are on a case label now. This is
7243 * handled above.
7244 * case xx: if ( asdf &&
7245 * asdf)
7246 */
Bram Moolenaarddfc9782008-02-25 20:55:22 +00007247 curwin->w_cursor = *trypos;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007248 l = ml_get_curline();
7249 if (cin_iscase(l) || cin_isscopedecl(l))
7250 {
7251 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
Bram Moolenaarddfc9782008-02-25 20:55:22 +00007252 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007253 continue;
7254 }
7255 }
7256
7257 /*
7258 * Skip over continuation lines to find the one to get the
7259 * indent from
7260 * char *usethis = "bla\
7261 * bla",
7262 * here;
7263 */
7264 if (terminated == ',')
7265 {
7266 while (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
7267 {
7268 l = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1);
7269 if (*l == NUL || l[STRLEN(l) - 1] != '\\')
7270 break;
7271 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
Bram Moolenaarddfc9782008-02-25 20:55:22 +00007272 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007273 }
7274 }
7275
7276 /*
7277 * Get indent and pointer to text for current line,
7278 * ignoring any jump label. XXX
7279 */
7280 cur_amount = skip_label(curwin->w_cursor.lnum,
7281 &l, ind_maxcomment);
7282
7283 /*
7284 * If this is just above the line we are indenting, and it
7285 * starts with a '{', line it up with this line.
7286 * while (not)
7287 * -> {
7288 * }
7289 */
7290 if (terminated != ',' && lookfor != LOOKFOR_TERM
7291 && theline[0] == '{')
7292 {
7293 amount = cur_amount;
7294 /*
7295 * Only add ind_open_extra when the current line
7296 * doesn't start with a '{', which must have a match
7297 * in the same line (scope is the same). Probably:
7298 * { 1, 2 },
7299 * -> { 3, 4 }
7300 */
7301 if (*skipwhite(l) != '{')
7302 amount += ind_open_extra;
7303
7304 if (ind_cpp_baseclass)
7305 {
7306 /* have to look back, whether it is a cpp base
7307 * class declaration or initialization */
7308 lookfor = LOOKFOR_CPP_BASECLASS;
7309 continue;
7310 }
7311 break;
7312 }
7313
7314 /*
7315 * Check if we are after an "if", "while", etc.
7316 * Also allow " } else".
7317 */
7318 if (cin_is_cinword(l) || cin_iselse(skipwhite(l)))
7319 {
7320 /*
7321 * Found an unterminated line after an if (), line up
7322 * with the last one.
7323 * if (cond)
7324 * 100 +
7325 * -> here;
7326 */
7327 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM
7328 || lookfor == LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT)
7329 {
7330 if (cont_amount > 0)
7331 amount = cont_amount;
7332 else
7333 amount += ind_continuation;
7334 break;
7335 }
7336
7337 /*
7338 * If this is just above the line we are indenting, we
7339 * are finished.
7340 * while (not)
7341 * -> here;
7342 * Otherwise this indent can be used when the line
7343 * before this is terminated.
7344 * yyy;
7345 * if (stat)
7346 * while (not)
7347 * xxx;
7348 * -> here;
7349 */
7350 amount = cur_amount;
7351 if (theline[0] == '{')
7352 amount += ind_open_extra;
7353 if (lookfor != LOOKFOR_TERM)
7354 {
7355 amount += ind_level + ind_no_brace;
7356 break;
7357 }
7358
7359 /*
7360 * Special trick: when expecting the while () after a
7361 * do, line up with the while()
7362 * do
7363 * x = 1;
7364 * -> here
7365 */
7366 l = skipwhite(ml_get_curline());
7367 if (cin_isdo(l))
7368 {
7369 if (whilelevel == 0)
7370 break;
7371 --whilelevel;
7372 }
7373
7374 /*
7375 * When searching for a terminated line, don't use the
7376 * one between the "if" and the "else".
7377 * Need to use the scope of this "else". XXX
7378 * If whilelevel != 0 continue looking for a "do {".
7379 */
7380 if (cin_iselse(l)
7381 && whilelevel == 0
7382 && ((trypos = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment))
7383 == NULL
7384 || find_match(LOOKFOR_IF, trypos->lnum,
7385 ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment) == FAIL))
7386 break;
7387 }
7388
7389 /*
7390 * If we're below an unterminated line that is not an
7391 * "if" or something, we may line up with this line or
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00007392 * add something for a continuation line, depending on
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007393 * the line before this one.
7394 */
7395 else
7396 {
7397 /*
7398 * Found two unterminated lines on a row, line up with
7399 * the last one.
7400 * c = 99 +
7401 * 100 +
7402 * -> here;
7403 */
7404 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM)
7405 {
7406 /* When line ends in a comma add extra indent */
7407 if (terminated == ',')
7408 amount += ind_continuation;
7409 break;
7410 }
7411
7412 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT)
7413 {
7414 /* Found two lines ending in ',', lineup with the
7415 * lowest one, but check for cpp base class
7416 * declaration/initialization, if it is an
7417 * opening brace or we are looking just for
7418 * enumerations/initializations. */
7419 if (terminated == ',')
7420 {
7421 if (ind_cpp_baseclass == 0)
7422 break;
7423
7424 lookfor = LOOKFOR_CPP_BASECLASS;
7425 continue;
7426 }
7427
7428 /* Ignore unterminated lines in between, but
7429 * reduce indent. */
7430 if (amount > cur_amount)
7431 amount = cur_amount;
7432 }
7433 else
7434 {
7435 /*
7436 * Found first unterminated line on a row, may
7437 * line up with this line, remember its indent
7438 * 100 +
7439 * -> here;
7440 */
7441 amount = cur_amount;
7442
7443 /*
7444 * If previous line ends in ',', check whether we
7445 * are in an initialization or enum
7446 * struct xxx =
7447 * {
7448 * sizeof a,
7449 * 124 };
7450 * or a normal possible continuation line.
7451 * but only, of no other statement has been found
7452 * yet.
7453 */
7454 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_INITIAL && terminated == ',')
7455 {
7456 lookfor = LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT;
7457 cont_amount = cin_first_id_amount();
7458 }
7459 else
7460 {
7461 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_INITIAL
7462 && *l != NUL
7463 && l[STRLEN(l) - 1] == '\\')
7464 /* XXX */
7465 cont_amount = cin_get_equal_amount(
7466 curwin->w_cursor.lnum);
7467 if (lookfor != LOOKFOR_TERM)
7468 lookfor = LOOKFOR_UNTERM;
7469 }
7470 }
7471 }
7472 }
7473
7474 /*
7475 * Check if we are after a while (cond);
7476 * If so: Ignore until the matching "do".
7477 */
7478 /* XXX */
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00007479 else if (cin_iswhileofdo_end(terminated, ind_maxparen,
7480 ind_maxcomment))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007481 {
7482 /*
7483 * Found an unterminated line after a while ();, line up
7484 * with the last one.
7485 * while (cond);
7486 * 100 + <- line up with this one
7487 * -> here;
7488 */
7489 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM
7490 || lookfor == LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT)
7491 {
7492 if (cont_amount > 0)
7493 amount = cont_amount;
7494 else
7495 amount += ind_continuation;
7496 break;
7497 }
7498
7499 if (whilelevel == 0)
7500 {
7501 lookfor = LOOKFOR_TERM;
7502 amount = get_indent(); /* XXX */
7503 if (theline[0] == '{')
7504 amount += ind_open_extra;
7505 }
7506 ++whilelevel;
7507 }
7508
7509 /*
7510 * We are after a "normal" statement.
7511 * If we had another statement we can stop now and use the
7512 * indent of that other statement.
7513 * Otherwise the indent of the current statement may be used,
7514 * search backwards for the next "normal" statement.
7515 */
7516 else
7517 {
7518 /*
7519 * Skip single break line, if before a switch label. It
7520 * may be lined up with the case label.
7521 */
7522 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_NOBREAK
7523 && cin_isbreak(skipwhite(ml_get_curline())))
7524 {
7525 lookfor = LOOKFOR_ANY;
7526 continue;
7527 }
7528
7529 /*
7530 * Handle "do {" line.
7531 */
7532 if (whilelevel > 0)
7533 {
7534 l = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline());
7535 if (cin_isdo(l))
7536 {
7537 amount = get_indent(); /* XXX */
7538 --whilelevel;
7539 continue;
7540 }
7541 }
7542
7543 /*
7544 * Found a terminated line above an unterminated line. Add
7545 * the amount for a continuation line.
7546 * x = 1;
7547 * y = foo +
7548 * -> here;
7549 * or
7550 * int x = 1;
7551 * int foo,
7552 * -> here;
7553 */
7554 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM
7555 || lookfor == LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT)
7556 {
7557 if (cont_amount > 0)
7558 amount = cont_amount;
7559 else
7560 amount += ind_continuation;
7561 break;
7562 }
7563
7564 /*
7565 * Found a terminated line above a terminated line or "if"
7566 * etc. line. Use the amount of the line below us.
7567 * x = 1; x = 1;
7568 * if (asdf) y = 2;
7569 * while (asdf) ->here;
7570 * here;
7571 * ->foo;
7572 */
7573 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_TERM)
7574 {
7575 if (!lookfor_break && whilelevel == 0)
7576 break;
7577 }
7578
7579 /*
7580 * First line above the one we're indenting is terminated.
7581 * To know what needs to be done look further backward for
7582 * a terminated line.
7583 */
7584 else
7585 {
7586 /*
7587 * position the cursor over the rightmost paren, so
7588 * that matching it will take us back to the start of
7589 * the line. Helps for:
7590 * func(asdr,
7591 * asdfasdf);
7592 * here;
7593 */
7594term_again:
7595 l = ml_get_curline();
7596 if (find_last_paren(l, '(', ')')
7597 && (trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen,
7598 ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
7599 {
7600 /*
7601 * Check if we are on a case label now. This is
7602 * handled above.
7603 * case xx: if ( asdf &&
7604 * asdf)
7605 */
Bram Moolenaarddfc9782008-02-25 20:55:22 +00007606 curwin->w_cursor = *trypos;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007607 l = ml_get_curline();
7608 if (cin_iscase(l) || cin_isscopedecl(l))
7609 {
7610 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
Bram Moolenaarddfc9782008-02-25 20:55:22 +00007611 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007612 continue;
7613 }
7614 }
7615
7616 /* When aligning with the case statement, don't align
7617 * with a statement after it.
7618 * case 1: { <-- don't use this { position
7619 * stat;
7620 * }
7621 * case 2:
7622 * stat;
7623 * }
7624 */
7625 iscase = (ind_keep_case_label && cin_iscase(l));
7626
7627 /*
7628 * Get indent and pointer to text for current line,
7629 * ignoring any jump label.
7630 */
7631 amount = skip_label(curwin->w_cursor.lnum,
7632 &l, ind_maxcomment);
7633
7634 if (theline[0] == '{')
7635 amount += ind_open_extra;
7636 /* See remark above: "Only add ind_open_extra.." */
Bram Moolenaar18144c82006-04-12 21:52:12 +00007637 l = skipwhite(l);
7638 if (*l == '{')
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007639 amount -= ind_open_extra;
7640 lookfor = iscase ? LOOKFOR_ANY : LOOKFOR_TERM;
7641
7642 /*
Bram Moolenaar18144c82006-04-12 21:52:12 +00007643 * When a terminated line starts with "else" skip to
7644 * the matching "if":
7645 * else 3;
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00007646 * indent this;
Bram Moolenaar18144c82006-04-12 21:52:12 +00007647 * Need to use the scope of this "else". XXX
7648 * If whilelevel != 0 continue looking for a "do {".
7649 */
7650 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_TERM
7651 && *l != '}'
7652 && cin_iselse(l)
7653 && whilelevel == 0)
7654 {
7655 if ((trypos = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment))
7656 == NULL
7657 || find_match(LOOKFOR_IF, trypos->lnum,
7658 ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment) == FAIL)
7659 break;
7660 continue;
7661 }
7662
7663 /*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007664 * If we're at the end of a block, skip to the start of
7665 * that block.
7666 */
7667 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
7668 if (*cin_skipcomment(l) == '}'
7669 && (trypos = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment))
7670 != NULL) /* XXX */
7671 {
Bram Moolenaarddfc9782008-02-25 20:55:22 +00007672 curwin->w_cursor = *trypos;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007673 /* if not "else {" check for terminated again */
7674 /* but skip block for "} else {" */
7675 l = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline());
7676 if (*l == '}' || !cin_iselse(l))
7677 goto term_again;
7678 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
Bram Moolenaarddfc9782008-02-25 20:55:22 +00007679 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007680 }
7681 }
7682 }
7683 }
7684 }
7685 }
7686
7687 /* add extra indent for a comment */
7688 if (cin_iscomment(theline))
7689 amount += ind_comment;
7690 }
7691
7692 /*
7693 * ok -- we're not inside any sort of structure at all!
7694 *
7695 * this means we're at the top level, and everything should
7696 * basically just match where the previous line is, except
7697 * for the lines immediately following a function declaration,
7698 * which are K&R-style parameters and need to be indented.
7699 */
7700 else
7701 {
7702 /*
7703 * if our line starts with an open brace, forget about any
7704 * prevailing indent and make sure it looks like the start
7705 * of a function
7706 */
7707
7708 if (theline[0] == '{')
7709 {
7710 amount = ind_first_open;
7711 }
7712
7713 /*
7714 * If the NEXT line is a function declaration, the current
7715 * line needs to be indented as a function type spec.
7716 * Don't do this if the current line looks like a comment
7717 * or if the current line is terminated, ie. ends in ';'.
7718 */
7719 else if (cur_curpos.lnum < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count
7720 && !cin_nocode(theline)
7721 && !cin_ends_in(theline, (char_u *)":", NULL)
7722 && !cin_ends_in(theline, (char_u *)",", NULL)
7723 && cin_isfuncdecl(NULL, cur_curpos.lnum + 1)
7724 && !cin_isterminated(theline, FALSE, TRUE))
7725 {
7726 amount = ind_func_type;
7727 }
7728 else
7729 {
7730 amount = 0;
7731 curwin->w_cursor = cur_curpos;
7732
7733 /* search backwards until we find something we recognize */
7734
7735 while (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
7736 {
7737 curwin->w_cursor.lnum--;
7738 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
7739
7740 l = ml_get_curline();
7741
7742 /*
7743 * If we're in a comment now, skip to the start of the comment.
7744 */ /* XXX */
7745 if ((trypos = find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
7746 {
7747 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum + 1;
Bram Moolenaarddfc9782008-02-25 20:55:22 +00007748 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007749 continue;
7750 }
7751
7752 /*
Bram Moolenaar18144c82006-04-12 21:52:12 +00007753 * Are we at the start of a cpp base class declaration or
7754 * constructor initialization?
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007755 */ /* XXX */
Bram Moolenaar18144c82006-04-12 21:52:12 +00007756 n = FALSE;
7757 if (ind_cpp_baseclass != 0 && theline[0] != '{')
7758 {
Bram Moolenaare7c56862007-08-04 10:14:52 +00007759 n = cin_is_cpp_baseclass(&col);
Bram Moolenaar18144c82006-04-12 21:52:12 +00007760 l = ml_get_curline();
7761 }
7762 if (n)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007763 {
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00007764 /* XXX */
7765 amount = get_baseclass_amount(col, ind_maxparen,
7766 ind_maxcomment, ind_cpp_baseclass);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007767 break;
7768 }
7769
7770 /*
7771 * Skip preprocessor directives and blank lines.
7772 */
7773 if (cin_ispreproc_cont(&l, &curwin->w_cursor.lnum))
7774 continue;
7775
7776 if (cin_nocode(l))
7777 continue;
7778
7779 /*
7780 * If the previous line ends in ',', use one level of
7781 * indentation:
7782 * int foo,
7783 * bar;
7784 * do this before checking for '}' in case of eg.
7785 * enum foobar
7786 * {
7787 * ...
7788 * } foo,
7789 * bar;
7790 */
7791 n = 0;
7792 if (cin_ends_in(l, (char_u *)",", NULL)
7793 || (*l != NUL && (n = l[STRLEN(l) - 1]) == '\\'))
7794 {
7795 /* take us back to opening paren */
7796 if (find_last_paren(l, '(', ')')
7797 && (trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen,
7798 ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
Bram Moolenaarddfc9782008-02-25 20:55:22 +00007799 curwin->w_cursor = *trypos;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007800
7801 /* For a line ending in ',' that is a continuation line go
7802 * back to the first line with a backslash:
7803 * char *foo = "bla\
7804 * bla",
7805 * here;
7806 */
7807 while (n == 0 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
7808 {
7809 l = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1);
7810 if (*l == NUL || l[STRLEN(l) - 1] != '\\')
7811 break;
7812 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
Bram Moolenaarddfc9782008-02-25 20:55:22 +00007813 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007814 }
7815
7816 amount = get_indent(); /* XXX */
7817
7818 if (amount == 0)
7819 amount = cin_first_id_amount();
7820 if (amount == 0)
7821 amount = ind_continuation;
7822 break;
7823 }
7824
7825 /*
7826 * If the line looks like a function declaration, and we're
7827 * not in a comment, put it the left margin.
7828 */
7829 if (cin_isfuncdecl(NULL, cur_curpos.lnum)) /* XXX */
7830 break;
7831 l = ml_get_curline();
7832
7833 /*
7834 * Finding the closing '}' of a previous function. Put
7835 * current line at the left margin. For when 'cino' has "fs".
7836 */
7837 if (*skipwhite(l) == '}')
7838 break;
7839
7840 /* (matching {)
7841 * If the previous line ends on '};' (maybe followed by
7842 * comments) align at column 0. For example:
7843 * char *string_array[] = { "foo",
7844 * / * x * / "b};ar" }; / * foobar * /
7845 */
7846 if (cin_ends_in(l, (char_u *)"};", NULL))
7847 break;
7848
7849 /*
7850 * If the PREVIOUS line is a function declaration, the current
7851 * line (and the ones that follow) needs to be indented as
7852 * parameters.
7853 */
7854 if (cin_isfuncdecl(&l, curwin->w_cursor.lnum))
7855 {
7856 amount = ind_param;
7857 break;
7858 }
7859
7860 /*
7861 * If the previous line ends in ';' and the line before the
7862 * previous line ends in ',' or '\', ident to column zero:
7863 * int foo,
7864 * bar;
7865 * indent_to_0 here;
7866 */
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00007867 if (cin_ends_in(l, (char_u *)";", NULL))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007868 {
7869 l = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1);
7870 if (cin_ends_in(l, (char_u *)",", NULL)
7871 || (*l != NUL && l[STRLEN(l) - 1] == '\\'))
7872 break;
7873 l = ml_get_curline();
7874 }
7875
7876 /*
7877 * Doesn't look like anything interesting -- so just
7878 * use the indent of this line.
7879 *
7880 * Position the cursor over the rightmost paren, so that
7881 * matching it will take us back to the start of the line.
7882 */
7883 find_last_paren(l, '(', ')');
7884
7885 if ((trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen,
7886 ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
Bram Moolenaarddfc9782008-02-25 20:55:22 +00007887 curwin->w_cursor = *trypos;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007888 amount = get_indent(); /* XXX */
7889 break;
7890 }
7891
7892 /* add extra indent for a comment */
7893 if (cin_iscomment(theline))
7894 amount += ind_comment;
7895
7896 /* add extra indent if the previous line ended in a backslash:
7897 * "asdfasdf\
7898 * here";
7899 * char *foo = "asdf\
7900 * here";
7901 */
7902 if (cur_curpos.lnum > 1)
7903 {
7904 l = ml_get(cur_curpos.lnum - 1);
7905 if (*l != NUL && l[STRLEN(l) - 1] == '\\')
7906 {
7907 cur_amount = cin_get_equal_amount(cur_curpos.lnum - 1);
7908 if (cur_amount > 0)
7909 amount = cur_amount;
7910 else if (cur_amount == 0)
7911 amount += ind_continuation;
7912 }
7913 }
7914 }
7915 }
7916
7917theend:
7918 /* put the cursor back where it belongs */
7919 curwin->w_cursor = cur_curpos;
7920
7921 vim_free(linecopy);
7922
7923 if (amount < 0)
7924 return 0;
7925 return amount;
7926}
7927
7928 static int
7929find_match(lookfor, ourscope, ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment)
7930 int lookfor;
7931 linenr_T ourscope;
7932 int ind_maxparen;
7933 int ind_maxcomment;
7934{
7935 char_u *look;
7936 pos_T *theirscope;
7937 char_u *mightbeif;
7938 int elselevel;
7939 int whilelevel;
7940
7941 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_IF)
7942 {
7943 elselevel = 1;
7944 whilelevel = 0;
7945 }
7946 else
7947 {
7948 elselevel = 0;
7949 whilelevel = 1;
7950 }
7951
7952 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
7953
7954 while (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > ourscope + 1)
7955 {
7956 curwin->w_cursor.lnum--;
7957 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
7958
7959 look = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline());
7960 if (cin_iselse(look)
7961 || cin_isif(look)
7962 || cin_isdo(look) /* XXX */
7963 || cin_iswhileofdo(look, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, ind_maxparen))
7964 {
7965 /*
7966 * if we've gone outside the braces entirely,
7967 * we must be out of scope...
7968 */
7969 theirscope = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment); /* XXX */
7970 if (theirscope == NULL)
7971 break;
7972
7973 /*
7974 * and if the brace enclosing this is further
7975 * back than the one enclosing the else, we're
7976 * out of luck too.
7977 */
7978 if (theirscope->lnum < ourscope)
7979 break;
7980
7981 /*
7982 * and if they're enclosed in a *deeper* brace,
7983 * then we can ignore it because it's in a
7984 * different scope...
7985 */
7986 if (theirscope->lnum > ourscope)
7987 continue;
7988
7989 /*
7990 * if it was an "else" (that's not an "else if")
7991 * then we need to go back to another if, so
7992 * increment elselevel
7993 */
7994 look = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline());
7995 if (cin_iselse(look))
7996 {
7997 mightbeif = cin_skipcomment(look + 4);
7998 if (!cin_isif(mightbeif))
7999 ++elselevel;
8000 continue;
8001 }
8002
8003 /*
8004 * if it was a "while" then we need to go back to
8005 * another "do", so increment whilelevel. XXX
8006 */
8007 if (cin_iswhileofdo(look, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, ind_maxparen))
8008 {
8009 ++whilelevel;
8010 continue;
8011 }
8012
8013 /* If it's an "if" decrement elselevel */
8014 look = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline());
8015 if (cin_isif(look))
8016 {
8017 elselevel--;
8018 /*
8019 * When looking for an "if" ignore "while"s that
8020 * get in the way.
8021 */
8022 if (elselevel == 0 && lookfor == LOOKFOR_IF)
8023 whilelevel = 0;
8024 }
8025
8026 /* If it's a "do" decrement whilelevel */
8027 if (cin_isdo(look))
8028 whilelevel--;
8029
8030 /*
8031 * if we've used up all the elses, then
8032 * this must be the if that we want!
8033 * match the indent level of that if.
8034 */
8035 if (elselevel <= 0 && whilelevel <= 0)
8036 {
8037 return OK;
8038 }
8039 }
8040 }
8041 return FAIL;
8042}
8043
8044# if defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO)
8045/*
8046 * Get indent level from 'indentexpr'.
8047 */
8048 int
8049get_expr_indent()
8050{
8051 int indent;
8052 pos_T pos;
8053 int save_State;
Bram Moolenaard1f56e62006-02-22 21:25:37 +00008054 int use_sandbox = was_set_insecurely((char_u *)"indentexpr",
8055 OPT_LOCAL);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008056
8057 pos = curwin->w_cursor;
8058 set_vim_var_nr(VV_LNUM, curwin->w_cursor.lnum);
Bram Moolenaarb71eaae2006-01-20 23:10:18 +00008059 if (use_sandbox)
8060 ++sandbox;
8061 ++textlock;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008062 indent = eval_to_number(curbuf->b_p_inde);
Bram Moolenaarb71eaae2006-01-20 23:10:18 +00008063 if (use_sandbox)
8064 --sandbox;
8065 --textlock;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008066
8067 /* Restore the cursor position so that 'indentexpr' doesn't need to.
8068 * Pretend to be in Insert mode, allow cursor past end of line for "o"
8069 * command. */
8070 save_State = State;
8071 State = INSERT;
8072 curwin->w_cursor = pos;
8073 check_cursor();
8074 State = save_State;
8075
8076 /* If there is an error, just keep the current indent. */
8077 if (indent < 0)
8078 indent = get_indent();
8079
8080 return indent;
8081}
8082# endif
8083
8084#endif /* FEAT_CINDENT */
8085
8086#if defined(FEAT_LISP) || defined(PROTO)
8087
8088static int lisp_match __ARGS((char_u *p));
8089
8090 static int
8091lisp_match(p)
8092 char_u *p;
8093{
8094 char_u buf[LSIZE];
8095 int len;
8096 char_u *word = p_lispwords;
8097
8098 while (*word != NUL)
8099 {
8100 (void)copy_option_part(&word, buf, LSIZE, ",");
8101 len = (int)STRLEN(buf);
8102 if (STRNCMP(buf, p, len) == 0 && p[len] == ' ')
8103 return TRUE;
8104 }
8105 return FALSE;
8106}
8107
8108/*
8109 * When 'p' is present in 'cpoptions, a Vi compatible method is used.
8110 * The incompatible newer method is quite a bit better at indenting
8111 * code in lisp-like languages than the traditional one; it's still
8112 * mostly heuristics however -- Dirk van Deun, dirk@rave.org
8113 *
8114 * TODO:
8115 * Findmatch() should be adapted for lisp, also to make showmatch
8116 * work correctly: now (v5.3) it seems all C/C++ oriented:
8117 * - it does not recognize the #\( and #\) notations as character literals
8118 * - it doesn't know about comments starting with a semicolon
8119 * - it incorrectly interprets '(' as a character literal
8120 * All this messes up get_lisp_indent in some rare cases.
Bram Moolenaar325b7a22004-07-05 15:58:32 +00008121 * Update from Sergey Khorev:
8122 * I tried to fix the first two issues.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008123 */
8124 int
8125get_lisp_indent()
8126{
Bram Moolenaar325b7a22004-07-05 15:58:32 +00008127 pos_T *pos, realpos, paren;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008128 int amount;
8129 char_u *that;
8130 colnr_T col;
8131 colnr_T firsttry;
8132 int parencount, quotecount;
8133 int vi_lisp;
8134
8135 /* Set vi_lisp to use the vi-compatible method */
8136 vi_lisp = (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_LISP) != NULL);
8137
8138 realpos = curwin->w_cursor;
8139 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
8140
Bram Moolenaar325b7a22004-07-05 15:58:32 +00008141 if ((pos = findmatch(NULL, '(')) == NULL)
8142 pos = findmatch(NULL, '[');
8143 else
8144 {
8145 paren = *pos;
8146 pos = findmatch(NULL, '[');
8147 if (pos == NULL || ltp(pos, &paren))
8148 pos = &paren;
8149 }
8150 if (pos != NULL)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008151 {
8152 /* Extra trick: Take the indent of the first previous non-white
8153 * line that is at the same () level. */
8154 amount = -1;
8155 parencount = 0;
8156
8157 while (--curwin->w_cursor.lnum >= pos->lnum)
8158 {
8159 if (linewhite(curwin->w_cursor.lnum))
8160 continue;
8161 for (that = ml_get_curline(); *that != NUL; ++that)
8162 {
8163 if (*that == ';')
8164 {
8165 while (*(that + 1) != NUL)
8166 ++that;
8167 continue;
8168 }
8169 if (*that == '\\')
8170 {
8171 if (*(that + 1) != NUL)
8172 ++that;
8173 continue;
8174 }
8175 if (*that == '"' && *(that + 1) != NUL)
8176 {
Bram Moolenaar15ff6c12006-09-15 18:18:09 +00008177 while (*++that && *that != '"')
8178 {
8179 /* skipping escaped characters in the string */
8180 if (*that == '\\')
8181 {
8182 if (*++that == NUL)
8183 break;
8184 if (that[1] == NUL)
8185 {
8186 ++that;
8187 break;
8188 }
8189 }
8190 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008191 }
Bram Moolenaar325b7a22004-07-05 15:58:32 +00008192 if (*that == '(' || *that == '[')
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008193 ++parencount;
Bram Moolenaar325b7a22004-07-05 15:58:32 +00008194 else if (*that == ')' || *that == ']')
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008195 --parencount;
8196 }
8197 if (parencount == 0)
8198 {
8199 amount = get_indent();
8200 break;
8201 }
8202 }
8203
8204 if (amount == -1)
8205 {
8206 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum;
8207 curwin->w_cursor.col = pos->col;
8208 col = pos->col;
8209
8210 that = ml_get_curline();
8211
8212 if (vi_lisp && get_indent() == 0)
8213 amount = 2;
8214 else
8215 {
8216 amount = 0;
8217 while (*that && col)
8218 {
8219 amount += lbr_chartabsize_adv(&that, (colnr_T)amount);
8220 col--;
8221 }
8222
8223 /*
8224 * Some keywords require "body" indenting rules (the
8225 * non-standard-lisp ones are Scheme special forms):
8226 *
8227 * (let ((a 1)) instead (let ((a 1))
8228 * (...)) of (...))
8229 */
8230
Bram Moolenaar325b7a22004-07-05 15:58:32 +00008231 if (!vi_lisp && (*that == '(' || *that == '[')
8232 && lisp_match(that + 1))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008233 amount += 2;
8234 else
8235 {
8236 that++;
8237 amount++;
8238 firsttry = amount;
8239
8240 while (vim_iswhite(*that))
8241 {
8242 amount += lbr_chartabsize(that, (colnr_T)amount);
8243 ++that;
8244 }
8245
8246 if (*that && *that != ';') /* not a comment line */
8247 {
Bram Moolenaare21877a2008-02-13 09:58:14 +00008248 /* test *that != '(' to accommodate first let/do
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008249 * argument if it is more than one line */
Bram Moolenaar325b7a22004-07-05 15:58:32 +00008250 if (!vi_lisp && *that != '(' && *that != '[')
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008251 firsttry++;
8252
8253 parencount = 0;
8254 quotecount = 0;
8255
8256 if (vi_lisp
8257 || (*that != '"'
8258 && *that != '\''
8259 && *that != '#'
8260 && (*that < '0' || *that > '9')))
8261 {
8262 while (*that
8263 && (!vim_iswhite(*that)
8264 || quotecount
8265 || parencount)
Bram Moolenaar325b7a22004-07-05 15:58:32 +00008266 && (!((*that == '(' || *that == '[')
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008267 && !quotecount
8268 && !parencount
8269 && vi_lisp)))
8270 {
8271 if (*that == '"')
8272 quotecount = !quotecount;
Bram Moolenaar325b7a22004-07-05 15:58:32 +00008273 if ((*that == '(' || *that == '[')
8274 && !quotecount)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008275 ++parencount;
Bram Moolenaar325b7a22004-07-05 15:58:32 +00008276 if ((*that == ')' || *that == ']')
8277 && !quotecount)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008278 --parencount;
8279 if (*that == '\\' && *(that+1) != NUL)
8280 amount += lbr_chartabsize_adv(&that,
8281 (colnr_T)amount);
8282 amount += lbr_chartabsize_adv(&that,
8283 (colnr_T)amount);
8284 }
8285 }
8286 while (vim_iswhite(*that))
8287 {
8288 amount += lbr_chartabsize(that, (colnr_T)amount);
8289 that++;
8290 }
8291 if (!*that || *that == ';')
8292 amount = firsttry;
8293 }
8294 }
8295 }
8296 }
8297 }
8298 else
Bram Moolenaar325b7a22004-07-05 15:58:32 +00008299 amount = 0; /* no matching '(' or '[' found, use zero indent */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008300
8301 curwin->w_cursor = realpos;
8302
8303 return amount;
8304}
8305#endif /* FEAT_LISP */
8306
8307 void
8308prepare_to_exit()
8309{
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00008310#if defined(SIGHUP) && defined(SIG_IGN)
8311 /* Ignore SIGHUP, because a dropped connection causes a read error, which
8312 * makes Vim exit and then handling SIGHUP causes various reentrance
8313 * problems. */
Bram Moolenaar293ee4d2004-12-09 21:34:53 +00008314 signal(SIGHUP, SIG_IGN);
8315#endif
8316
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008317#ifdef FEAT_GUI
8318 if (gui.in_use)
8319 {
8320 gui.dying = TRUE;
8321 out_trash(); /* trash any pending output */
8322 }
8323 else
8324#endif
8325 {
8326 windgoto((int)Rows - 1, 0);
8327
8328 /*
8329 * Switch terminal mode back now, so messages end up on the "normal"
8330 * screen (if there are two screens).
8331 */
8332 settmode(TMODE_COOK);
8333#ifdef WIN3264
8334 if (can_end_termcap_mode(FALSE) == TRUE)
8335#endif
8336 stoptermcap();
8337 out_flush();
8338 }
8339}
8340
8341/*
8342 * Preserve files and exit.
8343 * When called IObuff must contain a message.
8344 */
8345 void
8346preserve_exit()
8347{
8348 buf_T *buf;
8349
8350 prepare_to_exit();
8351
Bram Moolenaar4770d092006-01-12 23:22:24 +00008352 /* Setting this will prevent free() calls. That avoids calling free()
8353 * recursively when free() was invoked with a bad pointer. */
8354 really_exiting = TRUE;
8355
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008356 out_str(IObuff);
8357 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */
8358 out_flush();
8359
8360 ml_close_notmod(); /* close all not-modified buffers */
8361
8362 for (buf = firstbuf; buf != NULL; buf = buf->b_next)
8363 {
8364 if (buf->b_ml.ml_mfp != NULL && buf->b_ml.ml_mfp->mf_fname != NULL)
8365 {
8366 OUT_STR(_("Vim: preserving files...\n"));
8367 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */
8368 out_flush();
8369 ml_sync_all(FALSE, FALSE); /* preserve all swap files */
8370 break;
8371 }
8372 }
8373
8374 ml_close_all(FALSE); /* close all memfiles, without deleting */
8375
8376 OUT_STR(_("Vim: Finished.\n"));
8377
8378 getout(1);
8379}
8380
8381/*
8382 * return TRUE if "fname" exists.
8383 */
8384 int
8385vim_fexists(fname)
8386 char_u *fname;
8387{
8388 struct stat st;
8389
8390 if (mch_stat((char *)fname, &st))
8391 return FALSE;
8392 return TRUE;
8393}
8394
8395/*
8396 * Check for CTRL-C pressed, but only once in a while.
8397 * Should be used instead of ui_breakcheck() for functions that check for
8398 * each line in the file. Calling ui_breakcheck() each time takes too much
8399 * time, because it can be a system call.
8400 */
8401
8402#ifndef BREAKCHECK_SKIP
8403# ifdef FEAT_GUI /* assume the GUI only runs on fast computers */
8404# define BREAKCHECK_SKIP 200
8405# else
8406# define BREAKCHECK_SKIP 32
8407# endif
8408#endif
8409
8410static int breakcheck_count = 0;
8411
8412 void
8413line_breakcheck()
8414{
8415 if (++breakcheck_count >= BREAKCHECK_SKIP)
8416 {
8417 breakcheck_count = 0;
8418 ui_breakcheck();
8419 }
8420}
8421
8422/*
8423 * Like line_breakcheck() but check 10 times less often.
8424 */
8425 void
8426fast_breakcheck()
8427{
8428 if (++breakcheck_count >= BREAKCHECK_SKIP * 10)
8429 {
8430 breakcheck_count = 0;
8431 ui_breakcheck();
8432 }
8433}
8434
8435/*
8436 * Expand wildcards. Calls gen_expand_wildcards() and removes files matching
8437 * 'wildignore'.
Bram Moolenaar362e1a32006-03-06 23:29:24 +00008438 * Returns OK or FAIL.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008439 */
8440 int
8441expand_wildcards(num_pat, pat, num_file, file, flags)
8442 int num_pat; /* number of input patterns */
8443 char_u **pat; /* array of input patterns */
8444 int *num_file; /* resulting number of files */
8445 char_u ***file; /* array of resulting files */
8446 int flags; /* EW_DIR, etc. */
8447{
8448 int retval;
8449 int i, j;
8450 char_u *p;
8451 int non_suf_match; /* number without matching suffix */
8452
8453 retval = gen_expand_wildcards(num_pat, pat, num_file, file, flags);
8454
8455 /* When keeping all matches, return here */
8456 if (flags & EW_KEEPALL)
8457 return retval;
8458
8459#ifdef FEAT_WILDIGN
8460 /*
8461 * Remove names that match 'wildignore'.
8462 */
8463 if (*p_wig)
8464 {
8465 char_u *ffname;
8466
8467 /* check all files in (*file)[] */
8468 for (i = 0; i < *num_file; ++i)
8469 {
8470 ffname = FullName_save((*file)[i], FALSE);
8471 if (ffname == NULL) /* out of memory */
8472 break;
8473# ifdef VMS
8474 vms_remove_version(ffname);
8475# endif
8476 if (match_file_list(p_wig, (*file)[i], ffname))
8477 {
8478 /* remove this matching file from the list */
8479 vim_free((*file)[i]);
8480 for (j = i; j + 1 < *num_file; ++j)
8481 (*file)[j] = (*file)[j + 1];
8482 --*num_file;
8483 --i;
8484 }
8485 vim_free(ffname);
8486 }
8487 }
8488#endif
8489
8490 /*
8491 * Move the names where 'suffixes' match to the end.
8492 */
8493 if (*num_file > 1)
8494 {
8495 non_suf_match = 0;
8496 for (i = 0; i < *num_file; ++i)
8497 {
8498 if (!match_suffix((*file)[i]))
8499 {
8500 /*
8501 * Move the name without matching suffix to the front
8502 * of the list.
8503 */
8504 p = (*file)[i];
8505 for (j = i; j > non_suf_match; --j)
8506 (*file)[j] = (*file)[j - 1];
8507 (*file)[non_suf_match++] = p;
8508 }
8509 }
8510 }
8511
8512 return retval;
8513}
8514
8515/*
8516 * Return TRUE if "fname" matches with an entry in 'suffixes'.
8517 */
8518 int
8519match_suffix(fname)
8520 char_u *fname;
8521{
8522 int fnamelen, setsuflen;
8523 char_u *setsuf;
8524#define MAXSUFLEN 30 /* maximum length of a file suffix */
8525 char_u suf_buf[MAXSUFLEN];
8526
8527 fnamelen = (int)STRLEN(fname);
8528 setsuflen = 0;
8529 for (setsuf = p_su; *setsuf; )
8530 {
8531 setsuflen = copy_option_part(&setsuf, suf_buf, MAXSUFLEN, ".,");
8532 if (fnamelen >= setsuflen
8533 && fnamencmp(suf_buf, fname + fnamelen - setsuflen,
8534 (size_t)setsuflen) == 0)
8535 break;
8536 setsuflen = 0;
8537 }
8538 return (setsuflen != 0);
8539}
8540
8541#if !defined(NO_EXPANDPATH) || defined(PROTO)
8542
8543# ifdef VIM_BACKTICK
8544static int vim_backtick __ARGS((char_u *p));
8545static int expand_backtick __ARGS((garray_T *gap, char_u *pat, int flags));
8546# endif
8547
8548# if defined(MSDOS) || defined(FEAT_GUI_W16) || defined(WIN3264)
8549/*
8550 * File name expansion code for MS-DOS, Win16 and Win32. It's here because
8551 * it's shared between these systems.
8552 */
8553# if defined(DJGPP) || defined(PROTO)
8554# define _cdecl /* DJGPP doesn't have this */
8555# else
8556# ifdef __BORLANDC__
8557# define _cdecl _RTLENTRYF
8558# endif
8559# endif
8560
8561/*
8562 * comparison function for qsort in dos_expandpath()
8563 */
8564 static int _cdecl
8565pstrcmp(const void *a, const void *b)
8566{
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00008567 return (pathcmp(*(char **)a, *(char **)b, -1));
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008568}
8569
8570# ifndef WIN3264
8571 static void
8572namelowcpy(
8573 char_u *d,
8574 char_u *s)
8575{
8576# ifdef DJGPP
8577 if (USE_LONG_FNAME) /* don't lower case on Windows 95/NT systems */
8578 while (*s)
8579 *d++ = *s++;
8580 else
8581# endif
8582 while (*s)
8583 *d++ = TOLOWER_LOC(*s++);
8584 *d = NUL;
8585}
8586# endif
8587
8588/*
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008589 * Recursively expand one path component into all matching files and/or
8590 * directories. Adds matches to "gap". Handles "*", "?", "[a-z]", "**", etc.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008591 * Return the number of matches found.
8592 * "path" has backslashes before chars that are not to be expanded, starting
8593 * at "path[wildoff]".
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008594 * Return the number of matches found.
8595 * NOTE: much of this is identical to unix_expandpath(), keep in sync!
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008596 */
8597 static int
8598dos_expandpath(
8599 garray_T *gap,
8600 char_u *path,
8601 int wildoff,
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008602 int flags, /* EW_* flags */
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00008603 int didstar) /* expanded "**" once already */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008604{
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008605 char_u *buf;
8606 char_u *path_end;
8607 char_u *p, *s, *e;
8608 int start_len = gap->ga_len;
8609 char_u *pat;
8610 regmatch_T regmatch;
8611 int starts_with_dot;
8612 int matches;
8613 int len;
8614 int starstar = FALSE;
8615 static int stardepth = 0; /* depth for "**" expansion */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008616#ifdef WIN3264
8617 WIN32_FIND_DATA fb;
8618 HANDLE hFind = (HANDLE)0;
8619# ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
8620 WIN32_FIND_DATAW wfb;
8621 WCHAR *wn = NULL; /* UCS-2 name, NULL when not used. */
8622# endif
8623#else
8624 struct ffblk fb;
8625#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008626 char_u *matchname;
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008627 int ok;
8628
8629 /* Expanding "**" may take a long time, check for CTRL-C. */
8630 if (stardepth > 0)
8631 {
8632 ui_breakcheck();
8633 if (got_int)
8634 return 0;
8635 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008636
8637 /* make room for file name */
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008638 buf = alloc((int)STRLEN(path) + BASENAMELEN + 5);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008639 if (buf == NULL)
8640 return 0;
8641
8642 /*
8643 * Find the first part in the path name that contains a wildcard or a ~1.
8644 * Copy it into buf, including the preceding characters.
8645 */
8646 p = buf;
8647 s = buf;
8648 e = NULL;
8649 path_end = path;
8650 while (*path_end != NUL)
8651 {
8652 /* May ignore a wildcard that has a backslash before it; it will
8653 * be removed by rem_backslash() or file_pat_to_reg_pat() below. */
8654 if (path_end >= path + wildoff && rem_backslash(path_end))
8655 *p++ = *path_end++;
8656 else if (*path_end == '\\' || *path_end == ':' || *path_end == '/')
8657 {
8658 if (e != NULL)
8659 break;
8660 s = p + 1;
8661 }
8662 else if (path_end >= path + wildoff
8663 && vim_strchr((char_u *)"*?[~", *path_end) != NULL)
8664 e = p;
8665#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
8666 if (has_mbyte)
8667 {
Bram Moolenaar0fa313a2005-08-10 21:07:57 +00008668 len = (*mb_ptr2len)(path_end);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008669 STRNCPY(p, path_end, len);
8670 p += len;
8671 path_end += len;
8672 }
8673 else
8674#endif
8675 *p++ = *path_end++;
8676 }
8677 e = p;
8678 *e = NUL;
8679
8680 /* now we have one wildcard component between s and e */
8681 /* Remove backslashes between "wildoff" and the start of the wildcard
8682 * component. */
8683 for (p = buf + wildoff; p < s; ++p)
8684 if (rem_backslash(p))
8685 {
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00008686 STRMOVE(p, p + 1);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008687 --e;
8688 --s;
8689 }
8690
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008691 /* Check for "**" between "s" and "e". */
8692 for (p = s; p < e; ++p)
8693 if (p[0] == '*' && p[1] == '*')
8694 starstar = TRUE;
8695
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008696 starts_with_dot = (*s == '.');
8697 pat = file_pat_to_reg_pat(s, e, NULL, FALSE);
8698 if (pat == NULL)
8699 {
8700 vim_free(buf);
8701 return 0;
8702 }
8703
8704 /* compile the regexp into a program */
8705 regmatch.rm_ic = TRUE; /* Always ignore case */
8706 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(pat, RE_MAGIC);
8707 vim_free(pat);
8708
8709 if (regmatch.regprog == NULL)
8710 {
8711 vim_free(buf);
8712 return 0;
8713 }
8714
8715 /* remember the pattern or file name being looked for */
8716 matchname = vim_strsave(s);
8717
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008718 /* If "**" is by itself, this is the first time we encounter it and more
8719 * is following then find matches without any directory. */
8720 if (!didstar && stardepth < 100 && starstar && e - s == 2
8721 && *path_end == '/')
8722 {
8723 STRCPY(s, path_end + 1);
8724 ++stardepth;
8725 (void)dos_expandpath(gap, buf, (int)(s - buf), flags, TRUE);
8726 --stardepth;
8727 }
8728
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008729 /* Scan all files in the directory with "dir/ *.*" */
8730 STRCPY(s, "*.*");
8731#ifdef WIN3264
8732# ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
8733 if (enc_codepage >= 0 && (int)GetACP() != enc_codepage)
8734 {
8735 /* The active codepage differs from 'encoding'. Attempt using the
8736 * wide function. If it fails because it is not implemented fall back
8737 * to the non-wide version (for Windows 98) */
Bram Moolenaar36f692d2008-11-20 16:10:17 +00008738 wn = enc_to_utf16(buf, NULL);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008739 if (wn != NULL)
8740 {
8741 hFind = FindFirstFileW(wn, &wfb);
8742 if (hFind == INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE
8743 && GetLastError() == ERROR_CALL_NOT_IMPLEMENTED)
8744 {
8745 vim_free(wn);
8746 wn = NULL;
8747 }
8748 }
8749 }
8750
8751 if (wn == NULL)
8752# endif
8753 hFind = FindFirstFile(buf, &fb);
8754 ok = (hFind != INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE);
8755#else
8756 /* If we are expanding wildcards we try both files and directories */
8757 ok = (findfirst((char *)buf, &fb,
8758 (*path_end != NUL || (flags & EW_DIR)) ? FA_DIREC : 0) == 0);
8759#endif
8760
8761 while (ok)
8762 {
8763#ifdef WIN3264
8764# ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
8765 if (wn != NULL)
Bram Moolenaar36f692d2008-11-20 16:10:17 +00008766 p = utf16_to_enc(wfb.cFileName, NULL); /* p is allocated here */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008767 else
8768# endif
8769 p = (char_u *)fb.cFileName;
8770#else
8771 p = (char_u *)fb.ff_name;
8772#endif
8773 /* Ignore entries starting with a dot, unless when asked for. Accept
8774 * all entries found with "matchname". */
8775 if ((p[0] != '.' || starts_with_dot)
8776 && (matchname == NULL
8777 || vim_regexec(&regmatch, p, (colnr_T)0)))
8778 {
8779#ifdef WIN3264
8780 STRCPY(s, p);
8781#else
8782 namelowcpy(s, p);
8783#endif
8784 len = (int)STRLEN(buf);
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008785
8786 if (starstar && stardepth < 100)
8787 {
8788 /* For "**" in the pattern first go deeper in the tree to
8789 * find matches. */
8790 STRCPY(buf + len, "/**");
8791 STRCPY(buf + len + 3, path_end);
8792 ++stardepth;
8793 (void)dos_expandpath(gap, buf, len + 1, flags, TRUE);
8794 --stardepth;
8795 }
8796
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008797 STRCPY(buf + len, path_end);
8798 if (mch_has_exp_wildcard(path_end))
8799 {
8800 /* need to expand another component of the path */
8801 /* remove backslashes for the remaining components only */
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008802 (void)dos_expandpath(gap, buf, len + 1, flags, FALSE);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008803 }
8804 else
8805 {
8806 /* no more wildcards, check if there is a match */
8807 /* remove backslashes for the remaining components only */
8808 if (*path_end != 0)
8809 backslash_halve(buf + len + 1);
8810 if (mch_getperm(buf) >= 0) /* add existing file */
8811 addfile(gap, buf, flags);
8812 }
8813 }
8814
8815#ifdef WIN3264
8816# ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
8817 if (wn != NULL)
8818 {
8819 vim_free(p);
8820 ok = FindNextFileW(hFind, &wfb);
8821 }
8822 else
8823# endif
8824 ok = FindNextFile(hFind, &fb);
8825#else
8826 ok = (findnext(&fb) == 0);
8827#endif
8828
8829 /* If no more matches and no match was used, try expanding the name
8830 * itself. Finds the long name of a short filename. */
8831 if (!ok && matchname != NULL && gap->ga_len == start_len)
8832 {
8833 STRCPY(s, matchname);
8834#ifdef WIN3264
8835 FindClose(hFind);
8836# ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
8837 if (wn != NULL)
8838 {
8839 vim_free(wn);
Bram Moolenaar36f692d2008-11-20 16:10:17 +00008840 wn = enc_to_utf16(buf, NULL);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008841 if (wn != NULL)
8842 hFind = FindFirstFileW(wn, &wfb);
8843 }
8844 if (wn == NULL)
8845# endif
8846 hFind = FindFirstFile(buf, &fb);
8847 ok = (hFind != INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE);
8848#else
8849 ok = (findfirst((char *)buf, &fb,
8850 (*path_end != NUL || (flags & EW_DIR)) ? FA_DIREC : 0) == 0);
8851#endif
8852 vim_free(matchname);
8853 matchname = NULL;
8854 }
8855 }
8856
8857#ifdef WIN3264
8858 FindClose(hFind);
8859# ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
8860 vim_free(wn);
8861# endif
8862#endif
8863 vim_free(buf);
8864 vim_free(regmatch.regprog);
8865 vim_free(matchname);
8866
8867 matches = gap->ga_len - start_len;
8868 if (matches > 0)
8869 qsort(((char_u **)gap->ga_data) + start_len, (size_t)matches,
8870 sizeof(char_u *), pstrcmp);
8871 return matches;
8872}
8873
8874 int
8875mch_expandpath(
8876 garray_T *gap,
8877 char_u *path,
8878 int flags) /* EW_* flags */
8879{
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008880 return dos_expandpath(gap, path, 0, flags, FALSE);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008881}
8882# endif /* MSDOS || FEAT_GUI_W16 || WIN3264 */
8883
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008884#if (defined(UNIX) && !defined(VMS)) || defined(USE_UNIXFILENAME) \
8885 || defined(PROTO)
8886/*
8887 * Unix style wildcard expansion code.
8888 * It's here because it's used both for Unix and Mac.
8889 */
8890static int pstrcmp __ARGS((const void *, const void *));
8891
8892 static int
8893pstrcmp(a, b)
8894 const void *a, *b;
8895{
8896 return (pathcmp(*(char **)a, *(char **)b, -1));
8897}
8898
8899/*
8900 * Recursively expand one path component into all matching files and/or
8901 * directories. Adds matches to "gap". Handles "*", "?", "[a-z]", "**", etc.
8902 * "path" has backslashes before chars that are not to be expanded, starting
8903 * at "path + wildoff".
8904 * Return the number of matches found.
8905 * NOTE: much of this is identical to dos_expandpath(), keep in sync!
8906 */
8907 int
8908unix_expandpath(gap, path, wildoff, flags, didstar)
8909 garray_T *gap;
8910 char_u *path;
8911 int wildoff;
8912 int flags; /* EW_* flags */
8913 int didstar; /* expanded "**" once already */
8914{
8915 char_u *buf;
8916 char_u *path_end;
8917 char_u *p, *s, *e;
8918 int start_len = gap->ga_len;
8919 char_u *pat;
8920 regmatch_T regmatch;
8921 int starts_with_dot;
8922 int matches;
8923 int len;
8924 int starstar = FALSE;
8925 static int stardepth = 0; /* depth for "**" expansion */
8926
8927 DIR *dirp;
8928 struct dirent *dp;
8929
8930 /* Expanding "**" may take a long time, check for CTRL-C. */
8931 if (stardepth > 0)
8932 {
8933 ui_breakcheck();
8934 if (got_int)
8935 return 0;
8936 }
8937
8938 /* make room for file name */
8939 buf = alloc((int)STRLEN(path) + BASENAMELEN + 5);
8940 if (buf == NULL)
8941 return 0;
8942
8943 /*
8944 * Find the first part in the path name that contains a wildcard.
8945 * Copy it into "buf", including the preceding characters.
8946 */
8947 p = buf;
8948 s = buf;
8949 e = NULL;
8950 path_end = path;
8951 while (*path_end != NUL)
8952 {
8953 /* May ignore a wildcard that has a backslash before it; it will
8954 * be removed by rem_backslash() or file_pat_to_reg_pat() below. */
8955 if (path_end >= path + wildoff && rem_backslash(path_end))
8956 *p++ = *path_end++;
8957 else if (*path_end == '/')
8958 {
8959 if (e != NULL)
8960 break;
8961 s = p + 1;
8962 }
8963 else if (path_end >= path + wildoff
8964 && vim_strchr((char_u *)"*?[{~$", *path_end) != NULL)
8965 e = p;
8966#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
8967 if (has_mbyte)
8968 {
Bram Moolenaar0fa313a2005-08-10 21:07:57 +00008969 len = (*mb_ptr2len)(path_end);
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008970 STRNCPY(p, path_end, len);
8971 p += len;
8972 path_end += len;
8973 }
8974 else
8975#endif
8976 *p++ = *path_end++;
8977 }
8978 e = p;
8979 *e = NUL;
8980
8981 /* now we have one wildcard component between "s" and "e" */
8982 /* Remove backslashes between "wildoff" and the start of the wildcard
8983 * component. */
8984 for (p = buf + wildoff; p < s; ++p)
8985 if (rem_backslash(p))
8986 {
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00008987 STRMOVE(p, p + 1);
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008988 --e;
8989 --s;
8990 }
8991
8992 /* Check for "**" between "s" and "e". */
8993 for (p = s; p < e; ++p)
8994 if (p[0] == '*' && p[1] == '*')
8995 starstar = TRUE;
8996
8997 /* convert the file pattern to a regexp pattern */
8998 starts_with_dot = (*s == '.');
8999 pat = file_pat_to_reg_pat(s, e, NULL, FALSE);
9000 if (pat == NULL)
9001 {
9002 vim_free(buf);
9003 return 0;
9004 }
9005
9006 /* compile the regexp into a program */
Bram Moolenaarcc016f52005-12-10 20:23:46 +00009007#ifdef CASE_INSENSITIVE_FILENAME
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00009008 regmatch.rm_ic = TRUE; /* Behave like Terminal.app */
9009#else
9010 regmatch.rm_ic = FALSE; /* Don't ever ignore case */
9011#endif
9012 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(pat, RE_MAGIC);
9013 vim_free(pat);
9014
9015 if (regmatch.regprog == NULL)
9016 {
9017 vim_free(buf);
9018 return 0;
9019 }
9020
9021 /* If "**" is by itself, this is the first time we encounter it and more
9022 * is following then find matches without any directory. */
9023 if (!didstar && stardepth < 100 && starstar && e - s == 2
9024 && *path_end == '/')
9025 {
9026 STRCPY(s, path_end + 1);
9027 ++stardepth;
9028 (void)unix_expandpath(gap, buf, (int)(s - buf), flags, TRUE);
9029 --stardepth;
9030 }
9031
9032 /* open the directory for scanning */
9033 *s = NUL;
9034 dirp = opendir(*buf == NUL ? "." : (char *)buf);
9035
9036 /* Find all matching entries */
9037 if (dirp != NULL)
9038 {
9039 for (;;)
9040 {
9041 dp = readdir(dirp);
9042 if (dp == NULL)
9043 break;
9044 if ((dp->d_name[0] != '.' || starts_with_dot)
9045 && vim_regexec(&regmatch, (char_u *)dp->d_name, (colnr_T)0))
9046 {
9047 STRCPY(s, dp->d_name);
9048 len = STRLEN(buf);
9049
9050 if (starstar && stardepth < 100)
9051 {
9052 /* For "**" in the pattern first go deeper in the tree to
9053 * find matches. */
9054 STRCPY(buf + len, "/**");
9055 STRCPY(buf + len + 3, path_end);
9056 ++stardepth;
9057 (void)unix_expandpath(gap, buf, len + 1, flags, TRUE);
9058 --stardepth;
9059 }
9060
9061 STRCPY(buf + len, path_end);
9062 if (mch_has_exp_wildcard(path_end)) /* handle more wildcards */
9063 {
9064 /* need to expand another component of the path */
9065 /* remove backslashes for the remaining components only */
9066 (void)unix_expandpath(gap, buf, len + 1, flags, FALSE);
9067 }
9068 else
9069 {
9070 /* no more wildcards, check if there is a match */
9071 /* remove backslashes for the remaining components only */
9072 if (*path_end != NUL)
9073 backslash_halve(buf + len + 1);
9074 if (mch_getperm(buf) >= 0) /* add existing file */
9075 {
Bram Moolenaar95e9b492006-03-15 23:04:43 +00009076#ifdef MACOS_CONVERT
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00009077 size_t precomp_len = STRLEN(buf)+1;
9078 char_u *precomp_buf =
9079 mac_precompose_path(buf, precomp_len, &precomp_len);
Bram Moolenaar95e9b492006-03-15 23:04:43 +00009080
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00009081 if (precomp_buf)
9082 {
9083 mch_memmove(buf, precomp_buf, precomp_len);
9084 vim_free(precomp_buf);
9085 }
9086#endif
9087 addfile(gap, buf, flags);
9088 }
9089 }
9090 }
9091 }
9092
9093 closedir(dirp);
9094 }
9095
9096 vim_free(buf);
9097 vim_free(regmatch.regprog);
9098
9099 matches = gap->ga_len - start_len;
9100 if (matches > 0)
9101 qsort(((char_u **)gap->ga_data) + start_len, matches,
9102 sizeof(char_u *), pstrcmp);
9103 return matches;
9104}
9105#endif
9106
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00009107/*
9108 * Generic wildcard expansion code.
9109 *
9110 * Characters in "pat" that should not be expanded must be preceded with a
9111 * backslash. E.g., "/path\ with\ spaces/my\*star*"
9112 *
9113 * Return FAIL when no single file was found. In this case "num_file" is not
9114 * set, and "file" may contain an error message.
9115 * Return OK when some files found. "num_file" is set to the number of
9116 * matches, "file" to the array of matches. Call FreeWild() later.
9117 */
9118 int
9119gen_expand_wildcards(num_pat, pat, num_file, file, flags)
9120 int num_pat; /* number of input patterns */
9121 char_u **pat; /* array of input patterns */
9122 int *num_file; /* resulting number of files */
9123 char_u ***file; /* array of resulting files */
9124 int flags; /* EW_* flags */
9125{
9126 int i;
9127 garray_T ga;
9128 char_u *p;
9129 static int recursive = FALSE;
9130 int add_pat;
9131
9132 /*
9133 * expand_env() is called to expand things like "~user". If this fails,
9134 * it calls ExpandOne(), which brings us back here. In this case, always
9135 * call the machine specific expansion function, if possible. Otherwise,
9136 * return FAIL.
9137 */
9138 if (recursive)
9139#ifdef SPECIAL_WILDCHAR
9140 return mch_expand_wildcards(num_pat, pat, num_file, file, flags);
9141#else
9142 return FAIL;
9143#endif
9144
9145#ifdef SPECIAL_WILDCHAR
9146 /*
9147 * If there are any special wildcard characters which we cannot handle
9148 * here, call machine specific function for all the expansion. This
9149 * avoids starting the shell for each argument separately.
9150 * For `=expr` do use the internal function.
9151 */
9152 for (i = 0; i < num_pat; i++)
9153 {
9154 if (vim_strpbrk(pat[i], (char_u *)SPECIAL_WILDCHAR) != NULL
9155# ifdef VIM_BACKTICK
9156 && !(vim_backtick(pat[i]) && pat[i][1] == '=')
9157# endif
9158 )
9159 return mch_expand_wildcards(num_pat, pat, num_file, file, flags);
9160 }
9161#endif
9162
9163 recursive = TRUE;
9164
9165 /*
9166 * The matching file names are stored in a growarray. Init it empty.
9167 */
9168 ga_init2(&ga, (int)sizeof(char_u *), 30);
9169
9170 for (i = 0; i < num_pat; ++i)
9171 {
9172 add_pat = -1;
9173 p = pat[i];
9174
9175#ifdef VIM_BACKTICK
9176 if (vim_backtick(p))
9177 add_pat = expand_backtick(&ga, p, flags);
9178 else
9179#endif
9180 {
9181 /*
9182 * First expand environment variables, "~/" and "~user/".
9183 */
9184 if (vim_strpbrk(p, (char_u *)"$~") != NULL)
9185 {
Bram Moolenaar9f0545d2007-09-26 20:36:32 +00009186 p = expand_env_save_opt(p, TRUE);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00009187 if (p == NULL)
9188 p = pat[i];
9189#ifdef UNIX
9190 /*
9191 * On Unix, if expand_env() can't expand an environment
9192 * variable, use the shell to do that. Discard previously
9193 * found file names and start all over again.
9194 */
9195 else if (vim_strpbrk(p, (char_u *)"$~") != NULL)
9196 {
9197 vim_free(p);
9198 ga_clear(&ga);
9199 i = mch_expand_wildcards(num_pat, pat, num_file, file,
9200 flags);
9201 recursive = FALSE;
9202 return i;
9203 }
9204#endif
9205 }
9206
9207 /*
9208 * If there are wildcards: Expand file names and add each match to
9209 * the list. If there is no match, and EW_NOTFOUND is given, add
9210 * the pattern.
9211 * If there are no wildcards: Add the file name if it exists or
9212 * when EW_NOTFOUND is given.
9213 */
9214 if (mch_has_exp_wildcard(p))
9215 add_pat = mch_expandpath(&ga, p, flags);
9216 }
9217
9218 if (add_pat == -1 || (add_pat == 0 && (flags & EW_NOTFOUND)))
9219 {
9220 char_u *t = backslash_halve_save(p);
9221
9222#if defined(MACOS_CLASSIC)
9223 slash_to_colon(t);
9224#endif
9225 /* When EW_NOTFOUND is used, always add files and dirs. Makes
9226 * "vim c:/" work. */
9227 if (flags & EW_NOTFOUND)
9228 addfile(&ga, t, flags | EW_DIR | EW_FILE);
9229 else if (mch_getperm(t) >= 0)
9230 addfile(&ga, t, flags);
9231 vim_free(t);
9232 }
9233
9234 if (p != pat[i])
9235 vim_free(p);
9236 }
9237
9238 *num_file = ga.ga_len;
9239 *file = (ga.ga_data != NULL) ? (char_u **)ga.ga_data : (char_u **)"";
9240
9241 recursive = FALSE;
9242
9243 return (ga.ga_data != NULL) ? OK : FAIL;
9244}
9245
9246# ifdef VIM_BACKTICK
9247
9248/*
9249 * Return TRUE if we can expand this backtick thing here.
9250 */
9251 static int
9252vim_backtick(p)
9253 char_u *p;
9254{
9255 return (*p == '`' && *(p + 1) != NUL && *(p + STRLEN(p) - 1) == '`');
9256}
9257
9258/*
9259 * Expand an item in `backticks` by executing it as a command.
9260 * Currently only works when pat[] starts and ends with a `.
9261 * Returns number of file names found.
9262 */
9263 static int
9264expand_backtick(gap, pat, flags)
9265 garray_T *gap;
9266 char_u *pat;
9267 int flags; /* EW_* flags */
9268{
9269 char_u *p;
9270 char_u *cmd;
9271 char_u *buffer;
9272 int cnt = 0;
9273 int i;
9274
9275 /* Create the command: lop off the backticks. */
9276 cmd = vim_strnsave(pat + 1, (int)STRLEN(pat) - 2);
9277 if (cmd == NULL)
9278 return 0;
9279
9280#ifdef FEAT_EVAL
9281 if (*cmd == '=') /* `={expr}`: Expand expression */
Bram Moolenaar362e1a32006-03-06 23:29:24 +00009282 buffer = eval_to_string(cmd + 1, &p, TRUE);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00009283 else
9284#endif
Bram Moolenaarc0197e22004-09-13 20:26:32 +00009285 buffer = get_cmd_output(cmd, NULL,
9286 (flags & EW_SILENT) ? SHELL_SILENT : 0);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00009287 vim_free(cmd);
9288 if (buffer == NULL)
9289 return 0;
9290
9291 cmd = buffer;
9292 while (*cmd != NUL)
9293 {
9294 cmd = skipwhite(cmd); /* skip over white space */
9295 p = cmd;
9296 while (*p != NUL && *p != '\r' && *p != '\n') /* skip over entry */
9297 ++p;
9298 /* add an entry if it is not empty */
9299 if (p > cmd)
9300 {
9301 i = *p;
9302 *p = NUL;
9303 addfile(gap, cmd, flags);
9304 *p = i;
9305 ++cnt;
9306 }
9307 cmd = p;
9308 while (*cmd != NUL && (*cmd == '\r' || *cmd == '\n'))
9309 ++cmd;
9310 }
9311
9312 vim_free(buffer);
9313 return cnt;
9314}
9315# endif /* VIM_BACKTICK */
9316
9317/*
9318 * Add a file to a file list. Accepted flags:
9319 * EW_DIR add directories
9320 * EW_FILE add files
Bram Moolenaar1f35bf92006-03-07 22:38:47 +00009321 * EW_EXEC add executable files
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00009322 * EW_NOTFOUND add even when it doesn't exist
9323 * EW_ADDSLASH add slash after directory name
9324 */
9325 void
9326addfile(gap, f, flags)
9327 garray_T *gap;
9328 char_u *f; /* filename */
9329 int flags;
9330{
9331 char_u *p;
9332 int isdir;
9333
9334 /* if the file/dir doesn't exist, may not add it */
9335 if (!(flags & EW_NOTFOUND) && mch_getperm(f) < 0)
9336 return;
9337
9338#ifdef FNAME_ILLEGAL
9339 /* if the file/dir contains illegal characters, don't add it */
9340 if (vim_strpbrk(f, (char_u *)FNAME_ILLEGAL) != NULL)
9341 return;
9342#endif
9343
9344 isdir = mch_isdir(f);
9345 if ((isdir && !(flags & EW_DIR)) || (!isdir && !(flags & EW_FILE)))
9346 return;
9347
Bram Moolenaar1f35bf92006-03-07 22:38:47 +00009348 /* If the file isn't executable, may not add it. Do accept directories. */
9349 if (!isdir && (flags & EW_EXEC) && !mch_can_exe(f))
9350 return;
9351
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00009352 /* Make room for another item in the file list. */
9353 if (ga_grow(gap, 1) == FAIL)
9354 return;
9355
9356 p = alloc((unsigned)(STRLEN(f) + 1 + isdir));
9357 if (p == NULL)
9358 return;
9359
9360 STRCPY(p, f);
9361#ifdef BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME
9362 slash_adjust(p);
9363#endif
9364 /*
9365 * Append a slash or backslash after directory names if none is present.
9366 */
9367#ifndef DONT_ADD_PATHSEP_TO_DIR
9368 if (isdir && (flags & EW_ADDSLASH))
9369 add_pathsep(p);
9370#endif
9371 ((char_u **)gap->ga_data)[gap->ga_len++] = p;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00009372}
9373#endif /* !NO_EXPANDPATH */
9374
9375#if defined(VIM_BACKTICK) || defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO)
9376
9377#ifndef SEEK_SET
9378# define SEEK_SET 0
9379#endif
9380#ifndef SEEK_END
9381# define SEEK_END 2
9382#endif
9383
9384/*
9385 * Get the stdout of an external command.
9386 * Returns an allocated string, or NULL for error.
9387 */
9388 char_u *
Bram Moolenaarc0197e22004-09-13 20:26:32 +00009389get_cmd_output(cmd, infile, flags)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00009390 char_u *cmd;
Bram Moolenaarc0197e22004-09-13 20:26:32 +00009391 char_u *infile; /* optional input file name */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00009392 int flags; /* can be SHELL_SILENT */
9393{
9394 char_u *tempname;
9395 char_u *command;
9396 char_u *buffer = NULL;
9397 int len;
9398 int i = 0;
9399 FILE *fd;
9400
9401 if (check_restricted() || check_secure())
9402 return NULL;
9403
9404 /* get a name for the temp file */
9405 if ((tempname = vim_tempname('o')) == NULL)
9406 {
9407 EMSG(_(e_notmp));
9408 return NULL;
9409 }
9410
9411 /* Add the redirection stuff */
Bram Moolenaarc0197e22004-09-13 20:26:32 +00009412 command = make_filter_cmd(cmd, infile, tempname);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00009413 if (command == NULL)
9414 goto done;
9415
9416 /*
9417 * Call the shell to execute the command (errors are ignored).
9418 * Don't check timestamps here.
9419 */
9420 ++no_check_timestamps;
9421 call_shell(command, SHELL_DOOUT | SHELL_EXPAND | flags);
9422 --no_check_timestamps;
9423
9424 vim_free(command);
9425
9426 /*
9427 * read the names from the file into memory
9428 */
9429# ifdef VMS
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00009430 /* created temporary file is not always readable as binary */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00009431 fd = mch_fopen((char *)tempname, "r");
9432# else
9433 fd = mch_fopen((char *)tempname, READBIN);
9434# endif
9435
9436 if (fd == NULL)
9437 {
9438 EMSG2(_(e_notopen), tempname);
9439 goto done;
9440 }
9441
9442 fseek(fd, 0L, SEEK_END);
9443 len = ftell(fd); /* get size of temp file */
9444 fseek(fd, 0L, SEEK_SET);
9445
9446 buffer = alloc(len + 1);
9447 if (buffer != NULL)
9448 i = (int)fread((char *)buffer, (size_t)1, (size_t)len, fd);
9449 fclose(fd);
9450 mch_remove(tempname);
9451 if (buffer == NULL)
9452 goto done;
9453#ifdef VMS
9454 len = i; /* VMS doesn't give us what we asked for... */
9455#endif
9456 if (i != len)
9457 {
9458 EMSG2(_(e_notread), tempname);
9459 vim_free(buffer);
9460 buffer = NULL;
9461 }
9462 else
9463 buffer[len] = '\0'; /* make sure the buffer is terminated */
9464
9465done:
9466 vim_free(tempname);
9467 return buffer;
9468}
9469#endif
9470
9471/*
9472 * Free the list of files returned by expand_wildcards() or other expansion
9473 * functions.
9474 */
9475 void
9476FreeWild(count, files)
9477 int count;
9478 char_u **files;
9479{
Bram Moolenaarfc1421e2006-04-20 22:17:20 +00009480 if (count <= 0 || files == NULL)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00009481 return;
9482#if defined(__EMX__) && defined(__ALWAYS_HAS_TRAILING_NULL_POINTER) /* XXX */
9483 /*
9484 * Is this still OK for when other functions than expand_wildcards() have
9485 * been used???
9486 */
9487 _fnexplodefree((char **)files);
9488#else
9489 while (count--)
9490 vim_free(files[count]);
9491 vim_free(files);
9492#endif
9493}
9494
9495/*
9496 * return TRUE when need to go to Insert mode because of 'insertmode'.
9497 * Don't do this when still processing a command or a mapping.
9498 * Don't do this when inside a ":normal" command.
9499 */
9500 int
9501goto_im()
9502{
9503 return (p_im && stuff_empty() && typebuf_typed());
9504}